Avyakt murli for Thursday 19 January 1995

Warning : Sentence alignment between two languages is based on the number of characters. It is therefore not perfectly reliable.

You can correct the sentence alignment yourself on part or all of the murli.

0>>>>119-01-95 ओम शान्ति अव्यक्त बापदादामधुबन19-01-95 ōm śhānti avyakt bāpadādāmadhuban19-01-95 ōm śhānti avyakt[adj.] x19-01-95 Om peace avyakt x

0> > 19-01-95 Om Shanti Avyakt Bapdada Madhuban

2ब्रह्मा बाप के कदम पर कदम रख आज्ञाकारी और सर्वंश त्यागी बनोbrahmā bāp kē|K kadam par kadam rakh āgyākārī aur sarvanśh tyāgī banōbrahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[root] āgyākārī[adj.] aur sarvanśh tyāgī[x] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]Brahma father (of|K) step (at|other) step keep[root] obedient and x become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]

1Keeping your footsteps in Brahma Baba's footsteps, be obedient and a complete renunciate.

3आज बेहद का बापदादा अपने बेहद के सेवा साथियों को देख रहे हैं . āj bēhad kā bāpdādā apnē bēhad kē|K sēvā sāthiyō̃ kō dēkh rahē haĩ . āj bēhad kā[x] bāpdādā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bēhad[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sāthī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . today unlimited BapDada one’s own unlimited (of|K) service companion to see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

2Today, BapDada of the unlimited is seeing His companions of unlimited service.

4दो प्रकार के साथी हैं-एक हैं स्नेह सम्बन्ध का साथ निभाने वाले और दूसरे हैं स्नेह , सम्बन्ध और सेवा का साथ निभाने वाले . dō prakār kē|K sāthī haĩ-ēk haĩ snēh sambandh kā sāth nibhānē vālē aur dūsrē haĩ snēh , sambandh aur sēvā kā sāth nibhānē vālē . dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] x hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nibhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nibhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) form (of|K) companion x be[pres.pl.12hon3] love relationship of with fulfil[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who and other be[pres.pl.12hon3] love , relationship and service of with fulfil[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who . 5दोनों प्रकार के साथियों को देख रहे हैं . dōnō̃ prakār kē|K sāthiyō̃ kō dēkh rahē haĩ . dōnō̃ prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāthī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . x form (of|K) companion to see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

3There are two types of companions. 4One are those who fulfill the responsibility of the companionship of love and a relationship, and the other are those who fulfill the responsibility of the companionship of love, a relationship and service.

6चाहे विश्व के लास्ट कोने में भी हैं लेकिन बापदादा के सामने हैं . chāhē viśhva kē|K last kōnē mē̃ bhī haĩ lēkin bāpdādā kē|K sāmnē haĩ . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K last kōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāmnē hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) world (of|K) last corner in too be[pres.pl.12hon3] but BapDada (of|K) x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

5Even if you are in the last corner of the world, you are still in front of BapDada.

7बापदादा और बच्चों का वायदा है कि कहाँ भी रहेंगे , जहाँ भी हैं लेकिन सदा साथ हैं . bāpdādā aur bachchō̃ kā vāydā hai ki kahā̃ bhī rahē̃gē , jahā̃ bhī haĩ lēkin sadā sāth haĩ . bāpdādā aur bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] kahā̃ bhī[p.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , jahā̃ bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin sadā sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . BapDada and child of promise be[pres.sg.23] that where too remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , where there too be[pres.pl.12hon3] but constantly with be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

6The promise between BapDada and the children is that wherever they are to stay, wherever they are, they are constantly together.

8ये ब्राह्मण जीवन आदि से अन्त तक बाप और बच्चों का अविनाशी साथ है . yē brāhmaṇ jīvan ādi sē ant tak bāp aur bachchō̃ kā avināśhī sāth hai . yah[pn.pl.d.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] ādi[adj.] sē[postp.] ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] tak bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] avināśhī[adj.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this Brahmin life etc. from end until father and child of imperishable with be[pres.sg.23] .

7In this Brahmin life, from the beginning until the end, the Father and the children are eternally together.

9चाहे बच्चे साकार में हैं और बापदादा आकार निराकार हैं लेकिन अलग हैं क्या  ? chāhē bachchē sākār mē̃ haĩ aur bāpdādā ākār nirākār haĩ lēkin alag haĩ kyā  ? chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sākār, sākārī[adj.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur bāpdādā ākārī, ākār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nirākār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin alag[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] kyā  ? (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) child sakar in be[pres.pl.12hon3] and BapDada subtle incorporeal be[pres.pl.12hon3] but separate be[pres.pl.12hon3] what  ?

8Even when the children are in the corporeal form and BapDada is in the angelic and the incorporeal form, are they separate?

10नहीं है ना  ! nahī̃ hai nā  ! nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! not be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

9They are not.

11तो दूर हो या समीप हो  ? tō dūr hō yā samīp hō  ? tō dūr[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yā samīp[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]  ? then distant (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) or close (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])  ?

10So, are you far or close? 11Achcha.

12ये दिल की समीपता साकार में भी समीपता अनुभव कराती है . yē dil kī|key samīpatā sākār mē̃ bhī samīpatā anubhav karātī hai . yah[pn.pl.d.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key samīpatā[n.f.;sg.] sākār, sākārī[adj.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] samīpatā[n.f.;sg.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[pres.sg.f.23] . this heart (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) closeness sakar in too closeness experience make commit[pres.sg.f.23] .

12(More than 4,000 brothers and sisters are sitting in Om Shanti Bhavan). 13Are those sitting at the back close?

13चाहे किसी भी देश में हैं लेकिन दिल की समीपता साथ का अनुभव कराती है . chāhē kisī bhī dēśh mē̃ haĩ lēkin dil kī|key samīpatā sāth kā anubhav karātī hai . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key samīpatā[n.f.;sg.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[pres.sg.f.23] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) (some|anything) too land in be[pres.pl.12hon3] but heart (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) closeness with of experience make commit[pres.sg.f.23] . 14अलग हो नहीं सकते , असम्भव है . alag hō nahī̃ saktē , asambhav hai . alag[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , asambhav[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . separate (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) not can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , impossible be[pres.sg.23] .

14Are those sitting in the corner close? 15(All the residents of Madhuban, Global Hospital, Talheti, the Abu Niwasis and sevadharis were sitting in Pandav Bhavan).

15परमात्म वायदा कभी टल नहीं सकता . paramātma vāydā kabhī ṭal nahī̃ saktā . paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kabhī[adv.] ṭalnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . Supreme Soul promise ever x[root] not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

16Are those sitting in Pandav Bhavan close? 17Or are you far?

16परमात्म वायदा भावी बन जाता है तो भावी टाली नहीं टले . paramātma vāydā bhāvī ban jātā hai tō bhāvī ṭālī nahī̃ ṭalē . paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhāvī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bannā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] tō bhāvī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ṭālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|ṭālnā[past-part.f.] nahī̃[neg] ṭalnā[opt.sg.23]|ṭalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . Supreme Soul promise will become[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] then will (x|x[past-part.f.]) not (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .

18The closeness of the heart enables you to experience closeness in the corporeal form also.

17इसलिये सदा समीप हैं , सदा साथी हैं और साथी बन हाथ में हाथ , साथ लेते हुए कितने मौज से चल रहे हैं . isliyē sadā samīp haĩ , sadā sāthī haĩ aur sāthī ban hāth mē̃ hāth , sāth lētē huē kitnē mauj sē chal rahē haĩ . isliē sadā samīp[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , sadā sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mauj[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] chalnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . therefore constantly close be[pres.pl.12hon3] , constantly companion be[pres.pl.12hon3] and companion (become[root]|x) hand in hand , with take[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] so pleasure from continue[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

19No matter which country you are in, the closeness of the heart enables you to experience companionship. 20Whilst living far away, where do the doubleforeigners stay?

18मौज है कि मेहनत है  ? mauj hai ki mēhnat hai  ? mauj[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? pleasure be[pres.sg.23] that effort be[pres.sg.23]  ?

21You are constantly close, are you not?

19थोड़ी ­ थोड़ी मेहनत है  ? thōṛī ­ thōṛī mēhnat hai  ? thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ­ thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? short ­ short effort be[pres.sg.23]  ?

22Not just today, but always.

20जब कोई बात आ जाती है तो बाप किनारे हो जाता है . jab kōī bāt ā jātī hai tō bāp kinārē hō jātā hai . jab kōī[pn.;d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kinārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . when some matter come[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] then father x be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

23You cannot be separated; it is impossible. 24It is impossible, is it not?

21कोई बात को नहीं लाओ तो बाप नहीं जायेगा . kōī bāt kō nahī̃ lāō tō bāp nahī̃ jāyēgā . kōī[pn.;d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] nahī̃[neg] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] jānā[fut.m.sg.23] . some matter to not x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then father not go[fut.m.sg.23] .

25Or, can it be possible? 26No. 27God's promise can never be broken.

22बात बाप को किनारे करती है . bāt bāp kō kinārē kartī hai . bāt[n.f.;sg.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] kinārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23] . matter father to x do[pres.sg.f.23] .

28God's promise becomes destiny and destiny cannot be prevented.

23जैसे बीच में कोई पर्दा आ जाये , तो पर्दा आने से किनारा हो जाता है ना  ! jaisē bīch mē̃ kōī pardā ā jāyē , tō pardā ānē sē kinārā hō jātā hai nā  ! jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bīch mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] pardā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , tō pardā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] kinārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] nā  ! like centre in some curtains come[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , then curtains (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) from x be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ∅  !

29This is why you are constantly close; you are the constant companions and, as a companion, taking Baba's hand in your hand, you are moving along with so much pleasure.

24तो ये बात रूपी पर्दा बीच ­ बीच में आ जाता है . tō yē bāt rūpī pardā bīch ­ bīch mē̃ ā jātā hai . tō yah[pn.pl.d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] rūpī[adj.] pardā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bīch ­ bīch mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . then this matter in the form of curtains centre ­ centre in come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

30You have pleasure, do you not? 31Or, do you have to make effort?

25लेकिन लाने वाला कौन  ? lēkin lānē vālā kaun  ? lēkin lānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kaun[pn.;d.]  ? but x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who who  ?

32Are you experiencing pleasure?

26पर्दे का काम है आना और आपका काम क्या है  ? pardē kā kām hai ānā aur āpkā kām kyā hai  ? pardā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] aur āp[pn.pl.kā] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? curtains of (lust|task) be[pres.sg.23] (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) and you[.kā] (lust|task) what be[pres.sg.23]  ?

33Do you have to make a little effort? 34When anything happens, then the Father moves to one side.

27हटाना या थोड़ा ­ थोड़ा मजा लेना  ? haṭānā yā thōṛā ­ thōṛā majā lēnā  ? haṭānā[inf.m.sg.d.] yā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ­ thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.]  ? remove[inf.m.sg.d.] or short ­ short pleasure take[inf.m.sg.d.]  ?

35Don't bring any situation in front of you and the Father will not move away.

28बापदादा देखते हैं , बच्चे कभी ­ कभी बातों में बड़े मजे लेते हैं . bāpdādā dēkhtē haĩ , bachchē kabhī ­ kabhī bātō̃ mē̃ baṛē majē lētē haĩ . bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kabhī[adv.] ­ kabhī[adv.] bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mazā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , child ever ­ ever matter in very pleasure take[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

36The situation makes the Father move away. 37Just as when a curtain comes in­between, what would happen?

29जिससे प्यार होता है , प्यार की निशानी है साथ रहना . jissē pyār hōtā hai , pyār kī|key niśhānī hai sāth rahnā . jō[pn.sg.sē] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . that[.sē] love be[pres.sg.m.23] , love (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) sign be[pres.sg.23] with remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .

38Things moves to one side, and this curtain of the situation comes in­between. 39But who brings it?

30साथ रहने का मतलब यह नहीं है कि आबू में रहना . sāth rahnē kā matlab yah nahī̃ hai ki ābū mē̃ rahnā . sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] matlab[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] ābū mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . with remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] of x this not be[pres.sg.23] that Abu in remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .

40It is the duty of the curtain to come in­between and what is your duty?

31आबू में तो देखो अभी थोड़ी भी संख्या ज्यादा है तो पानी की मुश्किल हो गई है ना  ! ābū mē̃ tō dēkhō abhī thōṛī bhī saṅkhyā jyādā hai tō pānī kī|key muśhkil hō gaī hai nā  ! ābū mē̃[postp.] tō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ab[adv.hī] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō pānī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pānā[inf.f.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] nā  ! Abu in then see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] now short too x more be[pres.sg.23] then (water|x[inf.f.]) (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) difficult be[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] ∅  !

41To move it or to take a little pleasure from it? 42BapDada sees that some take great pleasure from the situations.

32तो साकार में साथ रहना नहीं लेकिन दिल से साथ निभाना . tō sākār mē̃ sāth rahnā nahī̃ lēkin dil sē sāth nibhānā . tō sākār, sākārī[adj.] mē̃[postp.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] lēkin dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nibhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then sakar in with remain[inf.m.sg.d.] not but heart from with fulfil[inf.m.sg.d.] .

43Whomsoever you have love for, the sign of love is to be with that one. 44To be with that one does not mean to live in Abu.

33अगर दिल से साथ नहीं निभाते तो मधुबन में होते भी दूर हैं . agar dil sē sāth nahī̃ nibhātē tō madhuban mē̃ hōtē bhī dūr haĩ . agar dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] nibhānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] dūr[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . if heart from with not fulfil[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then Madhuban in be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too distant be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

45In Abu, in terms of the numbers, if the numbers increase even a little, then there is a shortage of water.

34विदेश और लास्ट देश में रहते भी दिल से समीप हैं तो वो साथ हैं . vidēśh aur last dēśh mē̃ rahtē bhī dil sē samīp haĩ tō vō sāth haĩ . vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur last dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] samīp[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō vah[pn.;d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . abroad and last land in remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too heart from close be[pres.pl.12hon3] then that with be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

46So, it does not mean to be in the company in the corporeal form, but to fulfill the responsibility with the heart.

35इसीलिये बापदादा को दिलाराम कहते हैं , शरीर राम नहीं कहते . isīliyē bāpdādā kō dilārām kahtē haĩ , śharīr rām nahī̃ kahtē . isliē bāpdādā kō[postp.] dilārām kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] rām[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . therefore BapDada to x say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , body Rama not say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .

47If you do not fulfill the responsibility with your heart, then even whilst being in Madhuban, you are far away.

36तो दिल बाप में है ना  ? tō dil bāp mē̃ hai nā  ? tō dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ? then heart father in be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ? 37बाप के दिल में आपका दिल है और आपके दिल में बाप का दिल है . bāp kē|K dil mē̃ āpkā dil hai aur āpkē dil mē̃ bāp kā dil hai . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kā] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur āp[pn.pl.kē] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . father (of|K) heart in you[.kā] heart be[pres.sg.23] and you[.kē] heart in father of heart be[pres.sg.23] .

48And, whilst living in the last country of all countries, if you are close to the heart, then you have the companionship.

38तो दिल जाने इस रूहानी साथ को . tō dil jānē is rūhānī sāth kō . tō dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[opt.sg.23] yah[pn.sg.o.] rūhānī[adj.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] . then heart (know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|go[inf.m.pl.,o.]|know[opt.sg.23]) this spiritual with to . 39अनुभवी हो ना  ? anubhavī hō nā  ? anubhavī[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā  ? experienced (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅  ?

49This is why BapDada is called Dilaram (The Comforter of Hearts).

40कि यहाँ से जायेंगे तो कहेंगे दूर हो गये  ? ki yahā̃ sē jāyēṅgē tō kahē̃gē dūr hō gayē  ? ki[conj.] yahā̃ sē[postp.] jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] dūr[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]  ? that here from go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] distant be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]  ?

50You do not say the comforter of bodies. 51You say the Comforter of Hearts.

41नहीं . nahī̃ . nahī̃[neg] . not .

52So where is the heart?

42सदा साथ निभाना-यह कोई भी आत्मा , आत्मा से नहीं निभा सकती . sadā sāth nibhānā-yah kōī bhī ātmā , ātmā sē nahī̃ nibhā saktī . sadā sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] x kōī bhī[x] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] , ātmā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] nibhānā[root] saknā[pres-part.f.] . constantly with x anyone soul , soul from not fulfil[root] can[pres-part.f.] .

53It is in the Father, is it not? 54Your heart is in the Father's heart and the Father's heart is in your heart.

43एक ही परम आत्मा आत्माओं से साथ निभा सकता है . ēk hī param ātmā ātmāō̃ sē sāth nibhā saktā hai . ēk[adj.] hī[p.] param[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nibhānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . one only Supreme soul soul from with fulfil[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] .

55Only the heart can know about this spiritual companionship.

44और ये परमात्म साथ निभाने का भाग्य आप सभी बच्चों को ही है ना  ? aur yē paramātma sāth nibhānē kā bhāgya āp sabhī bachchō̃ kō hī hai nā  ? aur yah[pn.pl.d.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nibhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ? and this Supreme Soul with fulfil[inf.m.pl.,o.] of x you all child to only be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ?

56So, you are experienced, are you not? 57Or, when you go from here, will you say that you have become distant?

45 ( आज पूरे हाल में सभी भाई ­ बहिनें पट पर बैठे हुए हैं ) बहुत अच्छी सीन है . ( āj pūrē hall|hāl mē̃ sabhī bhāī ­ bahinē̃ paṭ par baiṭhē huē haĩ ) bahut achchhī scene hai . ( āj pūrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hall|hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sab[adv.hī] bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] ­ bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] paṭ[adj.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] scene hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( today full (hall|x) in all (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) ­ x x (at|other) (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) very achcha scene be[pres.sg.23] .

58No. 59Constantly fulfill the responsibility of companionship. 60No soul can fulfill this with another soul.

46बापदादा को आज की सभा का दृश्य देख करके यादगार याद आ रहा है . bāpdādā kō āj kī|key sabhā kā dr̥iśhya dēkh karkē yādgār yād ā rahā hai . bāpdādā kō[postp.] āj kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key sabhā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dr̥iśhya[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] yādgār[x] yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . BapDada to today (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) court of x see[root] do[abs.] memorial remembrance come[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .

61Only the one Supreme Soul can fulfill the responsibility of this companionship with all souls.

47यादगार में रूद्र माला दिखाते हैं , उसमें सिर्फ फेस दिखाई देते हैं , शरीर नहीं दिखाई देते . yādgār mē̃ rūdra mālā dikhātē haĩ , usmē̃ sirph face dikhāī dētē haĩ , śharīr nahī̃ dikhāī dētē . yādgār[x] mē̃[postp.] rūdra mālā[x] dikhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.mē̃] sirph[adj.] face dikhāī dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] dikhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|dikhānā[past-part.f.] dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . memorial in x x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , that[.mē̃] only face be visible , body not (x|x[past-part.f.]) give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .

62And who receives the fortune of fulfilling the responsibility of companionship with the Supreme? 63What would all of you say? 64We do.

48तो यहाँ से भी सिर्फ फेस ही दिखाई दे रहे हैं , बाकी कुछ नहीं दिखाई देता . tō yahā̃ sē bhī sirph face hī dikhāī dē rahē haĩ , bākī kuchh nahī̃ dikhāī dētā . tō yahā̃ sē[postp.] bhī[p.] sirph[adj.] face hī[p.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , bākī|bākī kuchh nahī̃[neg] dikhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|dikhānā[past-part.f.] dēnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . then here from too only face only be visible , (others|but) anything not (x|x[past-part.f.]) give[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

65Each one of you would say, "I receive it", would you not? 66Or, is it that only some receive it and others do not?

49तो रूद्र माला का यादगार दिखाई दे रहा है . tō rūdra mālā kā yādgār dikhāī dē rahā hai . tō rūdra mālā[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yādgār[x] dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . then x of memorial be visible .

67Do all of you have this fortune? 68All those sitting at the back are waving their hands.

50एक के पीछे एक बैठे हैं ना तो शरीर छिप गये हैं , फेस दिखाई दे रहे हैं . ēk kē pīchhē ēk baiṭhē haĩ nā tō śharīr chhip gayē haĩ , face dikhāī dē rahē haĩ . ēk[adj.] kē pīchhē[x] ēk[adj.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] nā tō śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] chhipnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , face dikhāī dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . one x one sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ then body secretly[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , face be visible .

69Achcha. 70It is a very good scene. 71Seeing the scene of today's gathering, BapDada is reminded of a memorial.

51ये है स्नेह का प्रत्यक्ष स्वरूप - ब्रह्मा बाप से सभी का स्नेह है तब तो आये हो ना  ! yē hai snēh kā pratyakṣha svarūp - brahmā bāp sē sabhī kā snēh hai tab tō āyē hō nā  ! yah[pn.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pratyakṣha svarūp[x] - brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tab tō ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] nā  ! this be[pres.sg.23] love of x - Brahma father from all of love be[pres.sg.23] for only then then come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ∅  !

72Only the faces are shown in the rosary of Rudra; the bodies are not visible. 73If you could see from here, you would only see the faces, nothing else is visible.

52और कहलाते भी सभी ब्रह्माकुमार और ब्रह्माकुमारी हो , शिव कुमार , शिव कुमारी नहीं कहते . aur kahlātē bhī sabhī brahmākumār aur brahmākumārī hō , śhiv kumār , śhiv kumārī nahī̃ kahtē . aur kahlānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] sab[adv.hī] brahmākumār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur brahmākumārī[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , śhiv kumār[x] , śhiv kumārī[x] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . and call[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too all Brahma Kumar and Brahma Kumari (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , Shiva kumar , Shiva kumari not say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .

74So, the memorial of the rosary of Rudra is visible now. 75(Today, all brothers and sisters are sitting on the floor.)

53तो ब्रह्मा बाप से ज्यादा प्यार है ना  ! tō brahmā bāp sē jyādā pyār hai nā  ! tō brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! then Brahma father from more love be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ! 54और ब्रह्मा बाप का भी सदा बच्चों से प्यार है . aur brahmā bāp kā bhī sadā bachchō̃ sē pyār hai . aur brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] sadā bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and Brahma father of too constantly child from love be[pres.sg.23] .

76Each one is sitting behind the other and so the bodies are hidden and only the faces are visible. 77So, it is good, is it not?

55तभी तो अव्यक्त होते भी अव्यक्त पालना कर रहे हैं . tabhī tō avyakt hōtē bhī avyakt pālnā kar rahē haĩ . tabhī tō avyakt[adj.] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] avyakt[adj.] pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . x then avyakt be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too avyakt (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . 56अव्यक्त पालना मिल रही है ना  ? avyakt pālnā mil rahī hai nā  ? avyakt[adj.] pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] milnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] nā  ? avyakt (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) receive[pres.sg.f.prog.23] ∅  ?

78It is a rosary, is it not? 79This is the visible proof of love; of how much love you have for father Brahma.

57या आप कहेंगे कि हमने ब्रह्मा बाबा का अनुभव नहीं किया है  ? yā āp kahē̃gē ki hamnē brahmā bābā kā anubhav nahī̃ kiyā hai  ? yā āp[pn.pl.] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.nē] brahmā bābā[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ? or you say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that we[.nē] x of experience not do[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ?

80This is why you have come here. 81All of you call yourselves Brahma Kumars and Brahma Kumaris.

58ब्रह्माकुमार ­ ब्रह्माकुमारी कहलाते हो तो क्या बिना बाप की पालना के पैदा हो गये  ! brahmākumār ­ brahmākumārī kahlātē hō tō kyā binā bāp kī|key pālnā kē|K paidā hō gayē  ! brahmākumār[n.m.;sg.,d.] ­ brahmākumārī[x] kahlānā[pres.pl.m.2] tō kyā binā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K paidā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]  ! Brahma Kumar ­ Brahma Kumari call[pres.pl.m.2] then what without father (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) (of|K) born be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]  !

82You do not call yourselves Shiv Kumars and Shiv Kumaris. 83So you have greater love for father Brahma, do you not?

59अगर ब्रह्मा बाप की पालना नहीं होती तो आज सिर्फ निराकार बाप की पालना से यज्ञ की रचना और यज्ञ की वृद्धि नहीं होती . agar brahmā bāp kī|key pālnā nahī̃ hōtī tō āj sirph nirākār bāp kī|key pālnā sē yagya kī|key rachnā aur yagya kī|key vr̥iddhi nahī̃ hōtī . agar brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.f.] tō āj sirph[adj.] nirākār[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] sē[postp.] yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key rachnā[inf.m.sg.d.]|rachnā[n.f.;sg.] aur yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.f.] . if Brahma father (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) not be[pres-part.f.] then today only incorporeal father (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) from sacrificial fire (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) (x[inf.m.sg.d.]|creation) and sacrificial fire (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) growth not be[pres-part.f.] .

84And father Brahma also has constant love for the children. 85This is why, even whilst being avyakt, he is giving avyakt sustenance. 86You are receiving avyakt sustenance, are you not?

60डबल फॉरेनर्स को ब्रह्मा बाप की पालना मिलती है ना  ? double foreigners kō brahmā bāp kī|key pālnā miltī hai nā  ? double foreigner kō[postp.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23] nā  ? double foreigner to Brahma father (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) receive[pres.sg.f.23] ∅  ?

87You might say that you have not had the experience of Brahma Baba. 88You say this, do you not?

61 ( हाँ जी ) देखो , फॉरेन में बाप जाता है , तो इण्डिया में नहीं करता है क्या  ! ( hā̃ jī ) dēkhō , foreign mē̃ bāp jātā hai , tō india mē̃ nahī̃ kartā hai kyā  ! ( hā̃ jī[x] ) dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , foreign mē̃[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānā[pres.sg.m.23] , tō India mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.sg.m.23] kyā  ! ( yes ) see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , abroad in father go[pres.sg.m.23] , then India in not do[pres.sg.m.23] what  !

89Have you not experienced him? 90So why do you call yourselves Brahma Kumars and Brahma Kumaris?

62तो उल्हना तो नहीं देते कि बाबा हमने देखा ही नहीं  ! tō ulhanā tō nahī̃ dētē ki bābā hamnē dēkhā hī nahī̃  ! tō ulhanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ki[conj.] bābā ham[pn.pl.nē] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg]  ! then complaint then not give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] that Baba we[.nē] see[past-part.m.sg.d.] only not  !

91Have you been created without sustenance from the father?

63सदा मिलते , सदा देखते , सदा साथ रहते हैं . sadā miltē , sadā dēkhtē , sadā sāth rahtē haĩ . sadā milnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , sadā dēkhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , sadā sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . constantly receive[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , constantly see[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , constantly with remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

92Or, are you experiencing the sustenance? 93Do you only experience it a little?

64साकार शरीर में , साकार रूप में तो सदा साथ नहीं दे सकते लेकिन अव्यक्त रूप में सभी को साथ दे सकते हैं . sākār śharīr mē̃ , sākār rūp mē̃ tō sadā sāth nahī̃ dē saktē lēkin avyakt rūp mē̃ sabhī kō sāth dē saktē haĩ . sākār, sākārī[adj.] śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , sākār, sākārī[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tō sadā sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[opt.sg.23]|dēnā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] lēkin avyakt[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . sakar body in , sakar Rup in then constantly with not (give[opt.sg.23]|give[root]) can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] but avyakt Rup in all to with give[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .

94If you had not received sustenance from father Brahma, then with only the incorporeal Father, there would not have been the creation or the expansion of the yagya today.

65जब चाहो मिलन के दरवाजे खुले हुए हैं . jab chāhō milan kē|K darvājē khulē huē haĩ . jab chāhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K darvājā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] khulnā[opt.sg.23]|khulnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|khulā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . when x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] meeting (of|K) door (open up[opt.sg.23]|open up[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x) be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

95Do the double foreigners receive sustenance from father Brahma? 96(Ha ji.)

66अव्यक्त वतन में नहीं कहेंगे कि अभी जगह नहीं है , अभी टाइम नहीं है , नहीं . avyakt vatan mē̃ nahī̃ kahē̃gē ki abhī jagah nahī̃ hai , abhī time nahī̃ hai , nahī̃ . avyakt[adj.] vatan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] jagah[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ab[adv.hī] time nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , nahī̃[neg] . avyakt world in not say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that now x not be[pres.sg.23] , now time not be[pres.sg.23] , not .

97Look, the father goes into the foreign lands, so does he not sustain India? 98Does he give sustenance to Bharat?

67देह में देह के बंधन हैं और अव्यक्त में न देह का बंधन है , न देह की दुनिया के कायदों का बंधन है . dēh mē̃ dēh kē|K bandhan haĩ aur avyakt mē̃ na dēh kā bandhan hai , na dēh kī|key duniyā kē|K kāydō̃ kā bandhan hai . dēh[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] dēh[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bandhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur avyakt[adj.] mē̃[postp.] na[neg] dēh[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bandhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , na[neg] dēh[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key duniyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāydā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bandhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . body in body (of|K) bondage be[pres.pl.12hon3] and avyakt in not body of bondage be[pres.sg.23] , not body (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) world (of|K) law of bondage be[pres.sg.23] .

99Do you receive it? 100(Ha ji.) 101So you do not complain, saying: Baba, we did not see you, do you? 102You constantly see him.

68यहाँ तो कायदे रखने पड़ते हैं ना-आगे बैठो , पीछे बैठो . yahā̃ tō kāydē rakhnē paṛtē haĩ nā-āgē baiṭhō , pīchhē baiṭhō . yahā̃ tō kāydā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.oblig2] x baiṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , pīchhē baiṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . here then law keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3.oblig2] x sit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x sit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

103You constantly meet him, you constantly see him and you constantly stay with him.

69अभी भी समय प्रमाण बहुत ­ बहुत ­ बहुत भाग्यवान हो  ! abhī bhī samay pramāṇ bahut ­ bahut ­ bahut bhāgyavān hō  ! ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ bahut ­ bahut ­ bahut bhāgyavān[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]  ! now too time (under) very ­ very ­ very fortunate (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])  ! 70फिर भी बैठने की जगह तो मिली है ना  ! phir bhī baiṭhnē kī jagah tō milī hai nā  ! phir bhī[x] baiṭhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kī jagah[x] tō milnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] nā  ! nevertheless sit[inf.m.pl.,o.] x then receive[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ∅  !

104He cannot constantly give that through the corporeal body, but through the avyakt form, he can give his company to everyone.

71फिर तो खड़े रहने की भी जगह मुश्किल होगी . phir tō khaṛē rahnē kī|key bhī jagah muśhkil hōgī . phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] tō khaṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key bhī[p.] jagah[n.f.;sg.] muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . (then|turn[root]) then standing remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) too x difficult be[fut.f.sg.23] .

105Whenever you wish, the doors for a meeting are always open.

72क्योंकि आप सभी को औरों को चांस देना पड़ेगा . kyōṅki āp sabhī kō aurō̃ kō chance dēnā paṛēgā . kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] aurō̃ kō[postp.] chance dēnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . because you all to others to chance give[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .

106In the subtle region, he will not say: There is no space, there is no time. 107No.

73अभी तो आप लोगों को चांस मिला है . abhī tō āp lōgō̃ kō chance milā hai . ab[adv.hī] tō āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] chance milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . now then you people to chance receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . 74जैसे अभी देखो मधुबन वालों को चांस देना पड़ा ना  ! jaisē abhī dēkhō madhuban vālō̃ kō chance dēnā paṛā nā  ! jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.hī] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] chance dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d..oblig2] nā  ! like now see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] Madhuban those who to chance give[past-part.m.sg.d..oblig2] ∅  !

108Whilst in the body, there are the bondages of the body, whereas, in the avyakt form, there are no bondages of the body.

75 ( सभी मधुबन निवासी तथा आबू निवासी सभी पाण्डव भवन में मुरली सुन रहे हैं ) ये भी परिवार का प्यार है . ( sabhī madhuban nivāsī tathā ābū nivāsī sabhī pāṇḍav bhavan mē̃ murlī sun rahē haĩ ) yē bhī parivār kā pyār hai . ( sab[adv.hī] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] tathā ābū nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adv.hī] pāṇḍav bhavan[x] mē̃[postp.] murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sunnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ) yah[pn.pl.d.] bhī[p.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( all Madhuban resident and Abu resident all x in flute listen[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ) this too family of love be[pres.sg.23] .

109There are no bondages of the body and there are no bondages of the laws of the physical world. 110Here, you have to observe the laws. 111"Sit in the front, sit at the back."

76ब्रह्मा बाप से प्यार अर्थात् बाप समान बनना . brahmā bāp sē pyār arthāt bāp samān bannā . brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt bāp samān[x] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . Brahma father from love that is equal to the Father become[inf.m.sg.d.] .

112Even now, according to the time, you are very, very, very fortunate.

77निराकार के समान बनना , वो थोड़े समय का अनुभव करते हो . nirākār kē|K samān bannā , vō thōṛē samay kā anubhav kartē hō . nirākār[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samān[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] , vah[pn.;d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] . incorporeal (of|K) equal become[inf.m.sg.d.] , that short time of experience do[pres.pl.m.2] . 78लेकिन ब्राह्मण अर्थात् सदा ब्रह्मा समान ब्रह्माचारी . lēkin brāhmaṇ arthāt sadā brahmā samān brahmāchārī . lēkin brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt sadā brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] samān[adj.] brahmāchārī[x] . but Brahmin that is constantly Brahma equal x .

113You have at least got some space to sit. 114Later, it will be difficult to even get some space to stand, because at that time you will have to give others a chance.

79जो ब्रह्मा बाप का आचरण वो ही सर्व ब्राह्मणों का आचरण अर्थात् कर्म . jō brahmā bāp kā ācharaṇ vō hī sarv brāhmaṇō̃ kā ācharaṇ arthāt karma . jō[pn.;d.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ācharaṇ[x] vah[pn.;d.] hī[p.] sarv[adj.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ācharaṇ[x] arthāt karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] . that Brahma father of x that only all Brahmin of x that is deed .

115At present, you have been given a chance, just as the Madhuban niwasis have now had to give others a chance. 116This is also love for the family.

80उच्चारण भी ब्रह्मा बाप समान है , आचरण भी ब्रह्मा बाप समान है , जिसको कहते हो फॉलोफादर . uchchāraṇ bhī brahmā bāp samān hai , ācharaṇ bhī brahmā bāp samān hai , jiskō kahtē hō phôlōphādar . uchchāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp samān[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ācharaṇ[x] bhī[p.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp samān[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jō[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] x . x too Brahma equal to the Father be[pres.sg.23] , x too Brahma equal to the Father be[pres.sg.23] , that[.kō] say[pres.pl.m.2] x .

117To have love for father Brahma means to become the same. 118You have the experience of becoming the same as the incorporeal Father for a short time.

81तो ब्रह्मा बाप के हर कदम पर कदम रखना इसको कहा जाता है फॉलोफादर . tō brahmā bāp kē|K har|her kadam par kadam rakhnā iskō kahā jātā hai phôlōphādar . tō brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K harnā[root]|har|her kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] x . then Brahma father (of|K) (x[root]|x) step (at|other) step keep[inf.m.sg.d.] this[.kō] (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) x .

119However, to be a Brahmin means to constantly be like Brahma, that is, one who follows Brahma.

82तो ब्रह्मा बाप ने बाप के श्रीमत पर पहला कदम क्या उठाया  ? tō brahmā bāp nē bāp kē|K śhrīmat par pahlā kadam kyā uṭhāyā  ? tō brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K śhrīmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā uṭhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? then Brahma father ∅ father (of|K) shrimat (at|other) x step what uplift[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? 83पहला कदम आज्ञाकारी बने . pahlā kadam āgyākārī banē . pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] āgyākārī[adj.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] . x step obedient (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) .

120Whatever is the activity of the father Brahma, that should be the activity of all Brahmins, that is, that should be the action of all Brahmins.

84जो आज्ञा मिली उसी आज्ञा को प्रत्यक्ष स्वरूप में लाया . jō āgyā milī usī āgyā kō pratyakṣha svarūp mē̃ lāyā . jō[pn.;d.] āgyā[n.f.;sg.] milnā[past-part.f.] vah[pn.sg.hī] āgyā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] pratyakṣha svarūp[x] mē̃[postp.] lānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . that order receive[past-part.f.] that[.hī] order to x in x[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

121Your words should be like those of father Brahma and your activity should be like that of father Brahma.

85तो चेक करो कि आज्ञाकारी के पहले कदम मेंफॉलो फादर हैं  ? tō check karō ki āgyākārī kē|K pahlē kadam mēmphôlō father haĩ  ? tō check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] āgyākārī[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] x father hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? then check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that obedient (of|K) (x|firstly) step x father be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

122This is called following the father. 123To place your footsteps in father Brahma's footsteps is known as following the father.

86अमृतवेले से लेकर रात तक मन्सा , वाचा , कर्मणा , सम्बन्ध , सम्पर्क में जो आज्ञा मिली हुई है उसी आज्ञा प्रमाण चलते हैं  ? amr̥itvēlē sē lēkar rāt tak mansā , vāchā , karmaṇā , sambandh , samparka mē̃ jō āgyā milī huī hai usī āgyā pramāṇ chaltē haĩ  ? amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] lēnā[abs.] rāt[n.f.;sg.] tak mansā , vāchā , karmaṇā , sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] āgyā[n.f.;sg.] milnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] vah[pn.sg.hī] āgyā[n.f.;sg.] pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ chalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ? amrit vela from take[abs.] night until through the mind , x , x , relationship , x in that order receive[past-part.f.] be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] that[.hī] order (under) continue[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

124So, what was the first step that father Brahma took in following the Father's shrimat? 125The first step is that he became obedient; he put the instructions he received into practice.

87कि कोई आज्ञा पालन होती है और कोई नहीं होती है  ? ki kōī āgyā pālan hōtī hai aur kōī nahī̃ hōtī hai  ? ki[conj.] kōī[pn.;d.] āgyā[n.f.;sg.] pālan[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] aur kōī[x] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23]  ? that some order x be[pres.sg.f.23] someone else not be[pres.sg.f.23]  ?

126So check: Are you following the father in the first step of being obedient.

88संकल्प भी आज्ञा प्रमाण है , कि मिक्स है  ? saṅkalp bhī āgyā pramāṇ hai , ki mix hai  ? saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] āgyā[n.f.;sg.] pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ki[conj.] mix hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? thought too order (under) be[pres.sg.23] , that x be[pres.sg.23]  ? 89अगर मिक्स है तो फुल आज्ञाकारी हैं या अधूरे आज्ञाकारी  ? agar mix hai tō full āgyākārī haĩ yā adhūrē āgyākārī  ? agar mix hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō full āgyākārī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] yā adhūrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āgyākārī[adj.]  ? if x be[pres.sg.23] then full obedient be[pres.pl.12hon3] or x obedient  ?

127From amrit vela until night, are you moving along according to the instructions you have received for your thoughts, words, actions, connections and relationships?

90हर समय के संकल्प की आज्ञा स्पष्ट मिली हुई है . har|her samay kē|K saṅkalp kī|key āgyā spaṣhṭ milī huī hai . harnā[root]|har|her samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key āgyā[n.f.;sg.] spaṣhṭ[adj.] milnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . (x[root]|x) time (of|K) thought (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) order clearly receive[past-part.f.] be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .

128Or, are you able to fulfill some instructions and not others?

91अमृतवेले क्या संकल्प करना है ये भी स्पष्ट है ना  ! amr̥itvēlē kyā saṅkalp karnā hai yē bhī spaṣhṭ hai nā  ! amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kyā saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] yah[pn.pl.d.] bhī[p.] spaṣhṭ[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! amrit vela what thought do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] this too clearly be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

129Are your thoughts according to the instructions received or are they mixed?

92तो फॉलोकरते हो कि कभी परमधाम में चले जाते हो और कभी निद्रालोक में चले जाते हो  ? tō phôlōkaratē hō ki kabhī paramdhām mē̃ chalē jātē hō aur kabhī nidrālōk mē̃ chalē jātē hō  ? tō x hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ki[conj.] kabhī[adv.] paramdhām[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chalnā[pres.pl.m.2.past-part+jānā]|chalnā[pres.pl.m.2.passive] aur kabhī[adv.] nidrālōk[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chalnā[pres.pl.m.2.past-part+jānā]|chalnā[pres.pl.m.2.passive]  ? then x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that ever x in (continue[pres.pl.m.2.past-part+jānā]|continue[pres.pl.m.2.passive]) and ever x in (continue[pres.pl.m.2.past-part+jānā]|continue[pres.pl.m.2.passive])  ?

130If they are mixed, are you fully obedient or half obedient? 131You have received clear instructions for your thoughts at every moment.

93हर कर्म में , हर समय कदम पर कदम है  ? har|her karma mē̃ , har|her samay kadam par kadam hai  ? harnā[root]|har|her karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , harnā[root]|har|her samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? (x[root]|x) deed in , (x[root]|x) time step (at|other) step be[pres.sg.23]  ?

132Are you clear about what thoughts to have at Amritvela or not?

94बाप का कदम एक और बच्चे का कदम दूसरा हो तो उसे आज्ञाकारी नहीं कहेंगे ना  ! bāp kā kadam ēk aur bachchē kā kadam dūsrā hō tō usē āgyākārī nahī̃ kahē̃gē nā  ! bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] aur bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō vah[pn.sg.kō] āgyākārī[adj.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā  ! father of step one and child of step other (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then that[.kō] obedient not say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅  !

133Are you able to follow in this? 134Or do you sometimes go to Paramdham and sometimes the land of sleep? 135So what are your instructions?

95चाहे परमार्थ में , चाहे व्यवहार में , दोनों में जो जैसी आज्ञा है वैसे आज्ञा को पालन करना-इसकी परसेन्टेज चेक करो . chāhē paramārtha mē̃ , chāhē vyavahār mē̃ , dōnō̃ mē̃ jō jaisī āgyā hai vaisē āgyā kō pālan karanā-isakī percentage check karō . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] paramārth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] vyavahār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , dōnō̃ mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] āgyā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āgyā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] pālan[adj.] x percentage check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) altruism in , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) behaviour in , x in that like order be[pres.sg.23] x order to x x percentage check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 96चेक करना आता है  ? check karnā ātā hai  ? check karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? check do[inf.m.sg.d.] come[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

136To go to the land of sleep? 137At every moment, and in every moment, are you placing your every footstep in Baba's footstep? 138Or, are the footsteps of the father one thing and the footsteps of the child something else?

97तो पहला कदम आज्ञाकारी बने , इसलिये आज्ञाकारी को सदा बाप की दुआएं स्वतः मिलती हैं और साथ ­ साथ ब्राह्मण परिवार की भी दुआएं हैं . tō pahlā kadam āgyākārī banē , isliyē āgyākārī kō sadā bāp kī|key duāē̃ svataḥ miltī haĩ aur sāth ­ sāth brāhmaṇ parivār kī|key bhī duāē̃ haĩ . tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] āgyākārī[adj.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] , isliē āgyākārī[adj.] kō[postp.] sadā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] svataḥ milnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] aur sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] ­ sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key bhī[p.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then x step obedient (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) , therefore obedient to constantly father (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) blessing automatically receive[pres.pl.f.12hon3] and with ­ with Brahmin family (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) too blessing be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

139That would not be called obedient, would it? 140Whether in connection with God, or in your interaction with others, check the percentage of how much you are following the instructions you have received for both.

98तो चेक करो कि जो भी संकल्प किया , चाहे स्व प्रति , चाहे सेवा के प्रति , चाहे स्थूल कर्म के प्रति या अन्य आत्माओं के प्रति उसमें सबकी दुआयें मिली  ? tō check karō ki jō bhī saṅkalp kiyā , chāhē sva prati , chāhē sēvā kē prati , chāhē sthūl karma kē prati yā anya ātmāō̃ kē prati usmē̃ sabkī duāyē̃ milī  ? tō check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] sva prati , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē prati[x] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] sthūl[adj.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē prati[x] yā anya[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē prati[x] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] milnā[past-part.f.]  ? then check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that that too thought do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x for , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) service for , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) physical deed for or other soul for that[.mē̃] everyone's blessing receive[past-part.f.]  ?

141Do you know how to check? 142The first step is that he became obedient, and this is why those who are obedient automatically receive blessings from the Father. 143Together with this, you also have blessings from the Brahmin family.

99क्योंकि आज्ञाकारी बनने से सर्व की दुआयें मिलती हैं और यदि दुआयें मिल रही हैं तो उसकी निशानी है कि दुआओं के प्रभाव से दिल सदा सन्तुष्ट रहेगी , मन सन्तुष्ट रहेगा . kyōṅki āgyākārī bannē sē sarv kī|key duāyē̃ miltī haĩ aur yadi duāyē̃ mil rahī haĩ tō uskī niśhānī hai ki duāō̃ kē|K prabhāv sē dil sadā santuṣhṭ rahēgī , man santuṣhṭ rahēgā . kyōṅki āgyākārī[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] sarv[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] milnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] aur yadi duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] milnā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] tō vah[pn.sg.kī] niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā santuṣhṭ[adj.] rahnā[fut.f.sg.23] , man[n.m.;sg.,d.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] . because obedient become[inf.m.pl.,o.] from all (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) blessing receive[pres.pl.f.12hon3] and x blessing receive[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] then that[.kī] sign be[pres.sg.23] that blessing (of|K) x from heart constantly content remain[fut.f.sg.23] , mind content remain[fut.m.sg.23] . 100बाहर की सन्तुष्टता नहीं लेकिन मन की सन्तुष्टता . bāhar kī|key santuṣhṭatā nahī̃ lēkin man kī|key santuṣhṭatā . bāhar kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] lēkin man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] . outside (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) contentment not but mind (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) contentment .

144So check: Whatever thought you had, whether for the self, for service, for physical actions, or for many other souls, if you remained obedient, the sign of that is contentment within the heart. 145Because of the blessings you received, or did not receive, the effect of the blessings is that the mind will constantly remain content and the heart will remain content.

101और मन की सन्तुष्टता यथार्थ है वा मियाँ मि ù § हैं-इसकी निशानी , अगर यथार्थ रीति से यथार्थ आज्ञाकारी हैं , दुआएं हैं तो सदा स्वयं और सर्व डबल लाइट रहेंगे . aur man kī|key santuṣhṭatā yathārth hai vā miyā̃ mi ù § haĩ-isakī niśhānī , agar yathārth rīti sē yathārth āgyākārī haĩ , duāē̃ haĩ tō sadā svayã aur sarv double light rahē̃gē . aur man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] yathārth[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vā miyā̃[n.m.;sg.,d.] x ù § x niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , agar yathārth[adj.] rīti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] yathārth[adj.] āgyākārī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō sadā svayã aur sarv[adj.] double light[x] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . and mind (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) contentment x be[pres.sg.23] or husband x ù § x sign , if x way from x obedient be[pres.pl.12hon3] , blessing be[pres.pl.12hon3] then constantly x and all double-light remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

146Not external contentment, but contentment of the mind. 147Is the contentment of the mind real or superficial? 148The sign of this is that if you are accurately obedient, if you have blessings, then you yourself as well as others will remain double­light.

102अगर डबल लाइट नहीं रहते तो समझो मन की सन्तुष्टता नहीं . agar double light nahī̃ rahtē tō samjhō man kī|key santuṣhṭatā nahī̃ . agar double light[x] nahī̃[neg] rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] . if double-light not remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] mind (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) contentment not . 103बाप की वा परिवार की दुआएं भी नहीं मिल रही हैं . bāp kī|key vā parivār kī|key duāē̃ bhī nahī̃ mil rahī haĩ . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key vā parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] milnā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] . father (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) or family (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) blessing too not receive[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] .

149If you do not remain double­light, then understand that you do not have contentment of the mind; you do not have blessings, either from the Father or from the family.

104परिवार की भी दुआएं आवश्यक हैं . parivār kī|key bhī duāē̃ āvaśhyak haĩ . parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key bhī[p.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] āvaśhyak[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . family (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) too blessing x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

150Blessings from the family are also essential.

105ऐसे नहीं समझो कि बाप से हमारा कनेक्शन है , बाप की तो दुआएं हैं , परिवार से नहीं बनता कोई हर्जा नहीं . aisē nahī̃ samjhō ki bāp sē hamārā connection hai , bāp kī|key tō duāē̃ haĩ , parivār sē nahī̃ bantā kōī harjā nahī̃ . aisē nahī̃[x] samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ham[pn.pl.kā] connection hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key tō duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] harzā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . it isn't that understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that father from we[.kā] connection be[pres.sg.23] , father (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) then blessing be[pres.pl.12hon3] , family from not become[pres-part.m.sg.d.] some x not .

151Do not think that you have a connection with the Father, that you have blessings from the Father, and that it does not matter if you are not able to get on well with the family.

106पहले भी सुनाया कि माला में सिर्फ युगल दाना नहीं है , उससे माला नहीं बनती . pahlē bhī sunāyā ki mālā mē̃ sirph yugal dānā nahī̃ hai , ussē mālā nahī̃ bantī . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] mālā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sirph[adj.] yugal[n.m.;sg.,d.] dānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.sē] mālā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[pres-part.f.] . (x|firstly) too speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] that garland in only partner bead not be[pres.sg.23] , that[.sē] garland not become[pres-part.f.] .

152You were told this earlier also; so are you the beads of the rosary or not? 153So, if there are just the dual­beads in a rosary, would that make a rosary?

107तो माला में आना है इसलिए पूरा लक्ष्य रखो कि हरेक आत्मा मुझे देखकर खुश रहे , देख करके हल्के हो जायें , बोझ खत्म हो जाए . tō mālā mē̃ ānā hai isliē pūrā lakṣhya rakhō ki harēk ātmā mujhē dēkhkar khuśh rahē , dēkh karkē halkē hō jāyē̃ , bōjh khatm hō jāē . tō mālā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] isliē pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] har ēk ātmā[n.f.;sg.] maĩ[pn.sg.kō] dēkhnā[abs.] khuśh[adj.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] halkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] ḵẖatm[adj.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] . then garland in come[pres.sg.23.oblig1] therefore full aim keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that each one soul I[.kō] see[abs.] happy (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , see[root] do[abs.] light be[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , burden finished be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] .

154Not as much as possible, not just that it may be possible, but that you have to do this. 155Every soul who sees you should remain happy. 156When they see you, they should become light. 157Their burden should be finished.

108तो दिल की सन्तुष्टता वा आज्ञाकारी की दुआएं स्वयं को भी लाइट और दूसरे को भी लाइट बनायेंगी . tō dil kī|key santuṣhṭatā vā āgyākārī kī|key duāē̃ svayã kō bhī light aur dūsrē kō bhī light banāyēṅgī . tō dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] vā āgyākārī[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] svayã kō[postp.] bhī[p.] light aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] light banānā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . then heart (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) contentment or obedient (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) blessing x to too light and other to too light create[fut.f.pl.12hon3] .

158So, the sign of contentment of the heart and the blessings of being obedient is that you yourself will be light and you will also make others light.

109इससे समझो कि आज्ञाकारी कहाँ तक हैं  ? issē samjhō ki āgyākārī kahā̃ tak haĩ  ? yah[pn.sg.sē] samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] āgyākārī[adj.] kahā̃ tak[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? this[.sē] understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that obedient to what extent be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

159From this, you can realise to what extent you are obedient.

110जैसे ब्रह्मा बाप को देखा हर एक छोटा ­ बड़ा सन्तुष्ट होकर खुशी में नाचता . jaisē brahmā bāp kō dēkhā har ēk chhōṭā ­ baṛā santuṣhṭ hōkar khuśhī mē̃ nāchtā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] har ēk[x] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ­ baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] hōnā[abs.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] nāchnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . like Brahma father to see[past-part.m.sg.d.] each one small ­ very content be[abs.] happiness in dance[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

160It is just as you saw how with father Brahma, each one, young or old, would be content and dance with happiness.

111नाचने के टाइम तो हल्के होंगे ना तभी तो नाचेंगे ना . nāchnē kē|K time tō halkē hōṅgē nā tabhī tō nāchē̃gē nā . nāchnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K time tō halkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā tabhī tō nāchnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā . dance[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) time then light be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ x then dance[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ .

161You would be light at the time of dancing, would you not?

112चाहे कोई मोटा है लेकिन मन से हल्का है तो भी नाचता है और पतला है लेकिन भारी है तो नहीं नाचेगा . chāhē kōī mōṭā hai lēkin man sē halkā hai tō bhī nāchtā hai aur patlā hai lēkin bhārī hai tō nahī̃ nāchēgā . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] kōī[pn.;d.] mōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin man[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] halkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō bhī[x] nāchnā[pres.sg.m.23] aur patlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin bhārī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō nahī̃[neg] nāchnā[fut.m.sg.23] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) some gross be[pres.sg.23] but mind from light be[pres.sg.23] ∅ dance[pres.sg.m.23] and slim be[pres.sg.23] but heavy be[pres.sg.23] then not dance[fut.m.sg.23] .

162Only then can you dance. 163Even when someone is fat, if he is light, he can dance, whereas if someone is thin but heavy, he does not dance.

113तो बोल ऐसे हों जो स्वयं भी अपने आपसे सन्तुष्ट हो और दूसरे भी सन्तुष्ट रहें . tō bōl aisē hō̃ jō svayã bhī apnē āpsē santuṣhṭ hō aur dūsrē bhī santuṣhṭ rahē̃ . tō bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] svayã bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.sē] santuṣhṭ[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] rahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . then (speak[root]|x) such be[opt.pl.12hon3] that x too one’s own you[.sē] content (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) and other too content remain[opt.pl.12hon3] .

164So, your words should be such that you yourself remain content and others also remain content with you.

114ऐसे नहीं , हमारा तो भाव नहीं था , हमारी तो भावना नहीं थी , लेकिन भाव और भावना पहुँचती क्यों नहीं  ? aisē nahī̃ , hamārā tō bhāv nahī̃ thā , hamārī tō bhāvnā nahī̃ thī , lēkin bhāv aur bhāvnā pahũchtī kyō̃ nahī̃  ? aisē nahī̃[x] , ham[pn.pl.kā] tō bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past.m.sg] , ham[pn.pl.kī] tō bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past.f] , lēkin bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] pahuñchnā[pres-part.f.] kyō̃ nahī̃[neg]  ? it isn't that , we[.kā] then consciousness not be[past.m.sg] , we[.kī] then feeling not be[past.f] , but consciousness and feeling reach[pres-part.f.] why not  ?

165It should not be that you say "This was not my intention, this was not my feeling." 166But, why do the intentions and feelings reach anyone?

115अगर सही है तो दूसरे तक वायब्रेशन्स क्यों नहीं जाता है  ? agar sahī hai tō dūsrē tak vibrations kyō̃ nahī̃ jātā hai  ? agar sahī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tak vibration kyō̃ nahī̃[neg] jānā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? if x be[pres.sg.23] then other until vibrations why not go[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

167If they are true, why do vibrations reach others? 168What is the reason for this?

116कोई तो कारण होगा ना  ? kōī tō kāraṇ hōgā nā  ? kōī[pn.;d.] tō kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā  ? some then because be[fut.m.sg.23] ∅  ?

169There must be some reason.

117तो चेक करो दुआओं के पात्र कहाँ तक बने हैं  ? tō check karō duāō̃ kē|K pātr kahā̃ tak banē haĩ  ? tō check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pātr[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahā̃ tak[x] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ? then check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] blessing (of|K) worthy of receiving to what extent become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

170So, check to what extent you have become worthy of blessings.

118जितना अभी बाप और ब्राह्मण आत्माओं की दुआओं के पात्र बनेंगे उतना ही राज्य के पात्र बनेंगे . jitnā abhī bāp aur brāhmaṇ ātmāō̃ kī|key duāō̃ kē|K pātr banē̃gē utnā hī rājya kē|K pātr banē̃gē . jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ab[adv.hī] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pātr[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pātr[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . the more now father and Brahmin soul (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) blessing (of|K) worthy of receiving become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] x only kingdom (of|K) worthy of receiving become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

171To the extent that you become worthy of blessings from the Father and the Brahmin family, so too, you will become worthy of the kingdom.

119अगर अभी ब्राह्मण परिवार को सन्तुष्ट नहीं कर सकते , तो राज्य क्या चलायेंगे  ! agar abhī brāhmaṇ parivār kō santuṣhṭ nahī̃ kar saktē , tō rājya kyā chalāyēṅgē  ! agar ab[adv.hī] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , tō rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā chalānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ! if now Brahmin family to content not do[root] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , then kingdom what x[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  !

172If you are not able to make the Brahmin family content, how would you rule the kingdom?

120राज्य को क्या सन्तुष्ट करेंगे  ! rājya kō kyā santuṣhṭ karē̃gē  ! rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] kyā santuṣhṭ[adj.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ! kingdom to what content do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  !

173How would you make the kingdom content?

121क्योंकि ब्राह्मण आत्मायें आपकी रॉयल फैमिली बनेंगे तो जो फैमिली को सन्तुष्ट नहीं कर सकते वो प्रजा को क्या करेंगे  ? kyōṅki brāhmaṇ ātmāyē̃ āpkī royal family banē̃gē tō jō family kō santuṣhṭ nahī̃ kar saktē vō prajā kō kyā karē̃gē  ? kyōṅki brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] āp[pn.pl.kī] royal family[x] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō jō[pn.;d.] family kō[postp.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] vah[pn.;d.] prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? because Brahmin soul you[.kī] royal family become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then that family to content not do[root] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] that x to what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

174Brahmin souls will become part of your royal family, and so how can those who are not able to make their family content make their subjects content? 175Will such a soul be able to do this?

122संस्कार तो यहाँ भरना है ना  ! saṅskār tō yahā̃ bharnā hai nā  ! saṅskār[x] tō yahā̃ bharnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā  ! sanskar then here fill[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅  !

176You have to develop the sanskars here, do you not?

123कि वहाँ योग करके भरेंगे  ! ki vahā̃ yōg karkē bharē̃gē  ! ki[conj.] vahā̃ yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] bharnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ! that there yoga do[abs.] fill[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  !

177Or will you have yoga there and then develop them.

124यहाँ ही भरना है . yahā̃ hī bharnā hai . yahā̃ hī[p.] bharnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . here only fill[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

178You have to develop them here.

125अगर वर्तमान ब्राह्मण परिवार में कारण का निवारण नहीं कर सकते , कारण ­ कारण ही कहते रहते हैं , तो जहाँ कारण है वहाँ निवारण शक्ति नहीं है . agar vartamān brāhmaṇ parivār mē̃ kāraṇ kā nivāraṇ nahī̃ kar saktē , kāraṇ ­ kāraṇ hī kahtē rahtē haĩ , tō jahā̃ kāraṇ hai vahā̃ nivāraṇ śhakti nahī̃ hai . agar vartamān[adj.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nivāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ­ kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] , tō jahā̃ kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vahā̃ nivāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . if present Brahmin family in because of solution not do[root] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , because ­ because only say[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] , then where there because be[pres.sg.23] there solution Shakti not be[pres.sg.23] .

179If, at the present time, you are not able to find the reason and its solution in the Brahmin family, if you constantly keep on giving excuses, then where there are reasons and excuses, there is no power to find a solution.

126अगर परिवार में निवारण शक्ति नहीं तो विश्व के राज्य को क्या निवारण करेंगे  ! agar parivār mē̃ nivāraṇ śhakti nahī̃ tō viśhva kē|K rājya kō kyā nivāraṇ karē̃gē  ! agar parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nivāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃ tō[x] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] kyā nivāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ! if family in solution Shakti otherwise world (of|K) kingdom to what solution do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  !

180If you do not have the power to find a solution for the family, what solution would you bring about for the kingdom of the world?

127क्योंकि आपके राज्य में हर आत्मा सदा निवारण स्वरूप है . kyōṅki āpkē rājya mē̃ har|her ātmā sadā nivāraṇ svarūp hai . kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.kē] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] harnā[root]|har|her ātmā[n.f.;sg.] sadā nivāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because you[.kē] kingdom in (x[root]|x) soul constantly solution form be[pres.sg.23] .

181Because, every soul in your kingdom should be the embodiment of all solutions.

128वहाँ कारण होंगे क्या  ? vahā̃ kāraṇ hōṅgē kyā  ? vahā̃ kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] kyā  ? there because be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] what  ?

182Will there be excuses there?

129जैसे अभी राज्य सभा में कारण बताते हैं-ये कारण है , ये कारण है , ये कारण है … वहाँ ऐसे राज्य दरबार होगी क्या  ? jaisē abhī rājya sabhā mē̃ kāraṇ batātē haĩ-yē kāraṇ hai , yē kāraṇ hai , yē kāraṇ hai … vahā̃ aisē rājya darbār hōgī kyā  ? jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.hī] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sabhā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] batānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.pl.d.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.pl.d.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] … vahā̃ aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] darbār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] kyā  ? like now kingdom court in because tell[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x because be[pres.sg.23] , this because be[pres.sg.23] , this because be[pres.sg.23] … there such kingdom court be[fut.f.sg.23] what  ?

183Reasons are created within this royal gathering, and you say there is this reason, there is that reason, so will you be able to find a solution? 184Would there be such a royal gathering there?

130वहाँ तो सिर्फ खुश खैराफत पूछेंगे . vahā̃ tō sirph khuśh khairāphat pūchhē̃gē . vahā̃ tō sirph[adj.] khuśh khairāphat[x] pūchhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . there then only welfare ask[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

185There, you will only ask about everyone's welfare. 186"It is very good.

131सिर्फ दरबार नहीं है लेकिन बहुत अच्छा मिलन है . sirph darbār nahī̃ hai lēkin bahut achchhā milan hai . sirph[adj.] darbār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . only court not be[pres.sg.23] but very achcha meeting be[pres.sg.23] .

187It is very good." 188It is a meeting, not a court. 189So, whilst speaking excuses, do not deprive yourself of blessings.

132तो कारण कहकर अपने को दुआओं से वंचित नहीं करो . tō kāraṇ kahkar apnē kō duāō̃ sē vañchit nahī̃ karō . tō kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[abs.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] vañchit[adj.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then because say[abs.] one’s own to blessing from deprived not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

190Father Brahma found a solution for the reasons and this is why he became number one.

133ब्रह्मा बाप ने कारण को निवारण किया इसीलिये नम्बरवन हुआ . brahmā bāp nē kāraṇ kō nivāraṇ kiyā isīliyē number one huā . brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] nivāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] isliē number one hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . Brahma father ∅ because to solution do[past-part.m.sg.d.] therefore number one be[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

191The files that are accumulated with BapDada are all of reasons and excuses.

134बापदादा के पास सभी के कारणों के फाइल ही इकट्ठेहोते हैं . bāpdādā kē pās sabhī kē|K kāraṇō̃ kē|K file hī ikaṭṭhēhōtē haĩ . bāpdādā kē pās[x] sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K file hī[p.] x hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . BapDada to all (of|K) because (of|K) file only x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

192So, should Baba keep the files and continue to increase the file or are you going to become refined?

135सभी के फाइल हैं-किसका छोटा , किसका बड़ा फाइल है . sabhī kē|K file haĩ-kisakā chhōṭā , kiskā baṛā file hai . sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K file x chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , kaun[pn.sg.kā] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] file hōnā[pres.sg.23] . all (of|K) file x small , who[.kā] very file be[pres.sg.23] .

193Is it better to increase the file or become refined? 194So, from today, should Baba finish all files?

136तो अभी भी फाइलें रखनी है , फाइल बढ़ाते रहना है या रिफाइन होना है  ? tō abhī bhī phāilē̃ rakhnī hai , file baṛhātē rahnā hai yā refine hōnā hai  ? tō ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] file[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] rakhnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , file baṛhānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] yā refine hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ? then now too file keep[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , file increase[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[pres.sg.23.oblig1] or refine be[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ?

195Everyone has a file, some have a small file and some a large file. 196So should Baba finish them?

137तो आज से फाइल सब खत्म कर दें  ? tō āj sē file sab khatm kar dē̃  ? tō āj sē[postp.] file sab[adj.] ḵẖatm[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā]  ? then today from file all finished do[opt.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā]  ?

197Then, Baba will not have to create a new file, will He?

138फिर दूसरा नया फाइल तो नहीं रखना पड़ेगा . phir dūsrā nayā file tō nahī̃ rakhnā paṛēgā . phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] file tō nahī̃[neg] rakhnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . (then|turn[root]) other new file then not keep[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .

198If Baba has to keep a new file, you would have to pay a fine.

139अगर नया फाइल रखा तो फाइन पड़ेगा . agar nayā file rakhā tō fine paṛēgā . agar nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] file rakhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rakhānā[root] tō fine paṛnā[fut.m.sg.23] . if new file (keep[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) then fine fall[fut.m.sg.23] .

199Think about it. 200What did you think?

140सोच लो  ! sōch lō  ! sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā]  ! think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā]  !

201Finish it.

141बोलो-खत्म करें कि थोड़ा दिन रखें  ? bōlō-khatma karē̃ ki thōṛā din rakhē̃  ? x karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[opt.pl.12hon3]  ? x do[opt.pl.12hon3] that short day keep[opt.pl.12hon3]  ?

202Tell Me; should we finish it now or should we give you a few days?

142शिव रात्रि तक रखें  ! śhiv rātri tak rakhē̃  ! śhiv rātri[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tak rakhnā[opt.pl.12hon3]  ! Shiva night until keep[opt.pl.12hon3]  !

203Should we keep it until Shiv Ratri?

143जो समझते हैं शिवरात्रि तक थोड़ी मार्जिन मिलनी चाहिये , तब तक पुरूषार्थ करके रिफाइन हो जायेंगे , वो हाथ उठाओ . jō samajhtē haĩ śhivrātri tak thōṛī margin milnī chāhiyē , tab tak purūṣhārth karkē refine hō jāyēṅgē , vō hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] śhivrātri[x] tak thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] margin milnā[.oblig3] , tab tak[x] puruṣhārth karnā[abs.] refine hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , vah[pn.;d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] Shiva Ratri until short x receive[.oblig3] , x effort do[abs.] refine be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , that raise your hands .

204Those who think that they should receive a little margin, and that they will make effort and become refined by then, raise your hands. 205Achcha, a few are raising their hands. 206Should we finish the files of everyone else?

144अच्छा है , हिम्मत रखना भी अच्छी बात है . achchhā hai , himmat rakhnā bhī achchhī bāt hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , courage keep[inf.m.sg.d.] too achcha matter be[pres.sg.23] .

207Just be careful that you do not have to give any reasons afterwards. 208It is good.

145लेकिन सिर्फ अभी हिम्मत नहीं रखना . lēkin sirph abhī himmat nahī̃ rakhnā . lēkin sirph[adj.] ab[adv.hī] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . but only now courage not keep[inf.m.sg.d.] .

209It is a good thing to keep courage, but do not keep courage just for the present.

146ऐसे तो नहीं बापदादा के सामने थे तो हिम्मत थी , नीचे उतरे तो थोड़ी हिम्मत कम हो गई और अपने देशों में गये तो और कम हो गई . aisē tō nahī̃ bāpdādā kē|K sāmnē thē tō himmat thī , nīchē utarē tō thōṛī himmat kam hō gaī aur apnē dēśhō̃ mē̃ gayē tō aur kam hō gaī . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō nahī̃[neg] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāmnē hōnā[past.pl] tō himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past.f] , nīchē utarnā[opt.sg.23]|utarnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] tō thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kam hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] aur apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] tō aur kam hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] . such then not BapDada (of|K) x be[past.pl] then courage be[past.f] , down (go down[opt.sg.23]|go down[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) then short courage decrease and one’s own land in go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] then and decrease . 147कोई बात आई तो और कम हो गई . kōī bāt āī|eye|I tō aur kam hō gaī . kōī[pn.;d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I tō aur kam hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] . some matter (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) then and decrease .

210It should not be that you say: I was in front of BapDada and so I had courage but now that I have come down, the courage has disappeared. 211Then, when you go back to your own land, it will decrease even more; and when any situation arises, it will decrease even more.

148ऐसे तो नहीं करेंगे  ? aisē tō nahī̃ karē̃gē  ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō nahī̃[neg] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? such then not do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

212You will not do this, will you?

149देखो जब कोई भी कारण सामने आता है और कारण के कारण हिम्मत कम होती है , कमज़ोरी आती है और जब वो बात समाप्त हो जाती है तो अपने ऊपर शर्म आती है ना  ! dēkhō jab kōī bhī kāraṇ sāmnē ātā hai aur kāraṇ kē|K kāraṇ himmat kam hōtī hai , kamzōrī ātī hai aur jab vō bāt samāpt hō jātī hai tō apnē ūpar śharm ātī hai nā  ! dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jab kōī bhī[x] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāmnē ānā[pres.sg.m.23] aur kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kam hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] , kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] aur jab vah[pn.;d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] samāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ūpar śharm[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] nā  ! see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] when anyone because x come[pres.sg.m.23] and because (of|K) because courage decrease , weakness come[pres.sg.f.23] and when that matter finished be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] then one’s own over x come[pres.sg.f.23] ∅  !

213Look, when any reason comes in front of you and your courage decreases and, because of this reason, you develop a weakness, and then when that situation finishes, what do you feel for yourself? 214You feel ashamed, do you not?

150अपने ऊपर ही संकोच होता है कि ये अच्छा नहीं किया , ये अच्छा नहीं हुआ . apnē ūpar hī saṅkōch hōtā hai ki yē achchhā nahī̃ kiyā , yē achchhā nahī̃ huā . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ūpar hī[p.] saṅkōch[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] yah[pn.pl.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.pl.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . one’s own over only hesitation be[pres.sg.m.23] that this achcha not do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , this achcha not be[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

215You feel a little upset that you did not do something good, that that was not good. 216Do you feel this?

151करके और फिर पश्चाताप् करे … ये तो आपकी प्रजा का काम है या आपका है  ? karkē aur phir paśhchātāp karē … yē tō āpkī prajā kā kām hai yā āpkā hai  ? karnā[abs.] aur phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] paśhchātāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.sg.23] … yah[pn.pl.d.] tō āp[pn.pl.kī] prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā āp[pn.pl.kā] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? do[abs.] and (then|turn[root]) repentance do[opt.sg.23] … this then you[.kī] x of (lust|task) be[pres.sg.23] or you[.kā] be[pres.sg.23]  ?

217To repent after you have done something wrong, is this your work or the work of your subjects? 218Will those who repent become kings?

152पश्चाताप् वाले क्या राजा बनेंगे  ? paśhchātāp vālē kyā rājā banē̃gē  ? paśhchātāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kyā rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? repentance those who what king become[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

219Will they become kings? 220So, think about this.

153तो सोचो साक्षी स्थिति के सिंहासन पर बैठ जाओ और अपने आपको ही जज करो . tō sōchō sākṣhī sthiti kē|K siṃhāsan par baiṭh jāō aur apnē āpkō hī judge karō . tō sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sākṣhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K siṃhāsan[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] baiṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] aur apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.kō] hī[p.] judge karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] detached observer stage (of|K) throne (at|other) sit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] and one’s own you[.kō] only judge do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

221Sit on the seat of the throne of being a detached observer and judge your own self. 222Be your own judge, do not judge anyone else.

154अपना जज बनना , दूसरे का जज नहीं बनना . apnā judge bannā , dūsrē kā judge nahī̃ bannā . apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] judge bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] judge nahī̃[neg] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . (one’s own|adopt[root]) judge become[inf.m.sg.d.] , other of judge not become[inf.m.sg.d.] .

223Everyone knows how to become someone else's judge.

155दूसरे का जज बनना सभी को आता है , दूसरे का जज बहुत जल्दी बन जाते हैं और अपना वकील बन जाते हैं . dūsrē kā judge bannā sabhī kō ātā hai , dūsrē kā judge bahut jaldī ban jātē haĩ aur apnā vakīl ban jātē haĩ . dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] judge bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] judge bahut jaldī bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] aur apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] vakīl[n.f.;sg.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . other of judge become[inf.m.sg.d.] all to come[pres.sg.m.23] , other of judge very very quickly become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] and (one’s own|adopt[root]) lawyer become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .

224You very quickly become a judge, but what do you become for your own self? 225A lawyer. 226You also know that you become your own lawyers.

156तो साक्षीपन के सिंहासन पर अपने आपका निर्णय बहुत अच्छा होगा . tō sākṣhīpan kē|K siṃhāsan par apnē āpkā nirṇay bahut achchhā hōgā . tō sākṣhīpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K siṃhāsan[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.kā] nirṇay[x] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . then being a detached observer (of|K) throne (at|other) one’s own you[.kā] discernment very achcha be[fut.m.sg.23] .

227So, whilst seated on the throne of being a detached observer, you will be able to take an accurate decision.

157सिंहासन के नीचे रहकर जज करते हो तो निर्णय अच्छा नहीं होता . siṃhāsan kē nīchē rahkar judge kartē hō tō nirṇay achchhā nahī̃ hōtā . siṃhāsan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē nīchē[x] rahnā[abs.] judge karnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō nirṇay[x] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . throne under remain[abs.] judge do[pres.pl.m.2] then discernment achcha not be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

228When you get off the throne and then judge something, you are not able to make a good decision.

158सेकण्ड में तख्तनशीन बन जाओ . second mē̃ takhtnaśhīn ban jāō . second mē̃[postp.] takhtnaśhīn[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . second in seated on the throne become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .

229Be seated on the throne in just one second.

159ये स्थिति आपका तख्त है . yē sthiti āpkā takht hai . yah[pn.pl.d.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] āp[pn.pl.kā] takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this stage you[.kā] throne be[pres.sg.23] .

230This stage is your throne.

160यथार्थ सहज निर्णय का तख्त ये साक्षीपन की स्थिति है . yathārth sahaj nirṇay kā takht yē sākṣhīpan kī|key sthiti hai . yathārth[adj.] sahaj[adj.] nirṇay[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.pl.d.] sākṣhīpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key sthiti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x easy discernment of throne this being a detached observer (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) stage be[pres.sg.23] .

231The basis of accurately and easily making a decision is the stage of being a detached observer.

161साक्षी नहीं होते हैं तो दूसरे की बात , दूसरे की चलन वो ज्यादा सामने आती है , अपनी नहीं आती . sākṣhī nahī̃ hōtē haĩ tō dūsrē kī|key bāt , dūsrē kī|key chalan vō jyādā sāmnē ātī hai , apnī nahī̃ ātī . sākṣhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key bāt[n.f.;sg.] , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.;d.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sāmnē ānā[pres.sg.f.23] , apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-part.f.] . detached observer not be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then other (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) matter , other (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) behaviour that more x come[pres.sg.f.23] , one’s own not come[pres-part.f.] .

232When you are not an observer, then the activity and matters concerning others come in front of you a lot more than your own.

162अगर साक्षी होकर देखेंगे तो अपनी भी नजर आयेगी , दूसरे की भी नजर आयेगी . agar sākṣhī hōkar dēkhē̃gē tō apnī bhī najar āyēgī , dūsrē kī|key bhī najar āyēgī . agar sākṣhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[abs.] dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] nazar[n.f.;sg.] ānā[fut.f.sg.23] , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key bhī[p.] nazar[n.f.;sg.] ānā[fut.f.sg.23] . if detached observer be[abs.] see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then one’s own too glance come[fut.f.sg.23] , other (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) too glance come[fut.f.sg.23] . 163फिर जजमेन्ट जो होगी वो यथार्थ होगी , नहीं तो यथार्थ नहीं होती . phir judgement jō hōgī vō yathārth hōgī , nahī̃ tō yathārth nahī̃ hōtī . phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] judgement jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] vah[pn.;d.] yathārth[adj.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] , nahī̃ tō[x] yathārth[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.f.] . (then|turn[root]) judgement that be[fut.f.sg.23] that x be[fut.f.sg.23] , otherwise x not be[pres-part.f.] .

233If you look at everything as a detached observer, then you would clearly see the things about your own self and others, and the judgement would therefore be accurate; otherwise it would not be accurate.

164बापदादा ने पहले भी सुनाया था कि ड्रामा में जो भी बातें आती हैं उन बातों में बहुत अच्छा अक्ल है लेकिन कभी ­ कभी ब्राह्मण बच्चों में अक्ल थोड़ा कम हो जाता है . bāpdādā nē pahlē bhī sunāyā thā ki drama mē̃ jō bhī bātē̃ ātī haĩ un bātō̃ mē̃ bahut achchhā akla hai lēkin kabhī ­ kabhī brāhmaṇ bachchō̃ mē̃ akla thōṛā kam hō jātā hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] sunānā[past-perf.m.sg.] ki[conj.] drama mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ānā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] akla[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin kabhī[adv.] ­ kabhī[adv.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] akla[n.f.;sg.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kam hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . BapDada ∅ (x|firstly) too speak[past-perf.m.sg.] that drama in that too matter come[pres.pl.f.12hon3] that matter in very achcha sense be[pres.sg.23] but ever ­ ever Brahmin child in sense short decrease .

234BapDada has told you earlier also that whatever scenes pass by in the drama, although those situations have very good common sense in them, sometimes the Brahmins have a little less common sense. 235When any situation comes, does it stay there or does it go away?

165बात आती है और चली जाती है , लेकिन ब्राह्मण बच्चे बात को पकड़कर बैठते हैं . bāt ātī hai aur chalī jātī hai , lēkin brāhmaṇ bachchē bāt kō pakaṛkar baiṭhtē haĩ . bāt[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] aur chalnā[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+jānā]|chalnā[pres.sg.f.23.passive] , lēkin brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] pakaṛnā[abs.] baiṭhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . matter come[pres.sg.f.23] and (continue[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+jānā]|continue[pres.sg.f.23.passive]) , but Brahmin child matter to x[abs.] sit[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

236And what do the Brahmins do? 237You sit there holding onto the situation. 238The situation passes by, but you do not let go of the situation.

166बात रूकती नहीं , चली जाती है लेकिन स्वयं बात को नहीं छोड़ते . bāt rūktī nahī̃ , chalī jātī hai lēkin svayã bāt kō nahī̃ chhōṛtē . bāt[n.f.;sg.] ruknā[pres-part.f.] nahī̃[neg] , chalnā[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+jānā]|chalnā[pres.sg.f.23.passive] lēkin svayã bāt[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] nahī̃[neg] chhōṛnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . matter stop[pres-part.f.] not , (continue[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+jānā]|continue[pres.sg.f.23.passive]) but x matter to not renounce[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .

239So does the situation have more common sense than the Brahmins? 240The situations have more sense, do they not?

167तो बातों में अक्ल ज्यादा हुआ या ब्राह्मणों में  ? tō bātō̃ mē̃ akla jyādā huā yā brāhmaṇō̃ mē̃  ? tō bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] akla[n.f.;sg.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] yā brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.]  ? then matter in sense more be[past-part.m.sg.d.] or Brahmin in  ? 168बातें अक्ल वाली हुई ना  ! bātē̃ akla vālī huī nā  ! bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] akla[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[past-part.f.] nā  ! matter sense those who be[past-part.f.] ∅  !

241Many children say: "This has been going on for the last two days; this thing has continued for two hours."

169कई बच्चे कहते हैं दो दिन से ये बात चल रही है , दो घण्टे ये बात चली और दो घण्टे में गँवाया कितना  ? kaī bachchē kahtē haĩ dō din sē yē bāt chal rahī hai , dō ghaṇṭē yē bāt chalī aur dō ghaṇṭē mē̃ ganvāyā kitnā  ? kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] yah[pn.pl.d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] chalnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] yah[pn.pl.d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] chalnā[past-part.f.] aur dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] ganvānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]  ? some child say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) day from this matter continue[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) hour this matter continue[past-part.f.] and (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) hour in lose[past-part.m.sg.d.] so  ?

242But how much did you lose in two hours? 243How much did you lose in two days? 244So become those with common sense.

170दो दिन में गँवाया कितना  ? dō din mē̃ ganvāyā kitnā  ? dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ganvānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]  ? (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) day in lose[past-part.m.sg.d.] so  ?

245So what did you hear about the first step?

171तो अक्ल वाले बनो . tō akla vālē banō . tō akla[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then sense those who become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

246To be obedient. 247How obedient am I?

172तो पहला कदम आज्ञाकारी , दूसरा कदम है सर्वंश त्यागी . tō pahlā kadam āgyākārī , dūsrā kadam hai sarvanśh tyāgī . tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] āgyākārī[adj.] , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sarvanśh tyāgī[x] . then x step obedient , other step be[pres.sg.23] x .

248You have been told the signs of this. 249Check yourself against these signs.

173पहले आज्ञाकारी की दुआएं मिली और दुआओं के बल से सर्वंश त्यागी . pahlē āgyākārī kī|key duāē̃ milī aur duāō̃ kē|K bal sē sarvanśh tyāgī . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] āgyākārī[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] milnā[past-part.f.] aur duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bal[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sarvanśh tyāgī[x] . (x|firstly) obedient (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) blessing receive[past-part.f.] and blessing (of|K) strength from x .

250Finish saying: There is this reason, there is this reason. 251The second step is to be a complete renunciate.

174तो त्याग में भी नम्बरवन एग्जाम्पल ब्रह्मा बना . tō tyāg mē̃ bhī number one example brahmā banā . tō tyāgnā[root]|tyāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] number one example brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[root]|bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . then (renounce[root]|renunciation) in too number one example Brahma (create[root]|become[past-part.m.sg.d.]) . 175देह के सम्बन्धों का त्याग बड़ी बात नहीं है . dēh kē|K sambandhō̃ kā tyāg baṛī bāt nahī̃ hai . dēh[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sambandh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tyāgnā[root]|tyāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . body (of|K) relationship of (renounce[root]|renunciation) very matter not be[pres.sg.23] .

252First, from being obedient, you receive blessings, and with the power of the blessings, you become a complete renunciate.

176लेकिन देह के पुराने स्वभाव ­ संस्कार का त्याग जरूरी है . lēkin dēh kē|K purānē svabhāv ­ saṅskār kā tyāg jarūrī hai . lēkin dēh[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] ­ saṅskār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tyāgnā[root]|tyāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] zarūrī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . but body (of|K) old nature ­ sanskar of (renounce[root]|renunciation) essential be[pres.sg.23] .

253Brahma became the number one example in renunciation also.

177सम्बन्ध का त्याग तो और धर्म में भी करते हैं लेकिन स्वभाव ­ संस्कार का सर्व वंश सहित त्याग करना-इसको कहा जाता है सर्वंश त्यागी . sambandh kā tyāg tō aur dharm mē̃ bhī kartē haĩ lēkin svabhāv ­ saṅskār kā sarv vanśh sahit tyāg karanā-isakō kahā jātā hai sarvanśh tyāgī . sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tyāgnā[root]|tyāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō aur dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] ­ saṅskār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sarv[adj.] vanśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sahit tyāgnā[root]|tyāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] x kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] sarvanśh tyāgī[x] . relationship of (renounce[root]|renunciation) then and religion in too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but nature ­ sanskar of all dynasty including (renounce[root]|renunciation) x (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) x .

254Renunciation of bodily relations is not a big thing. 255However, it is essential to renounce the old sanskars and nature of the body. 256They renounce bodily relationships in other religions also.

178अगर अंश मात्र भी देह का स्वभाव ­ संस्कार रह जाता है तो समय प्रति समय वो वंश बढ़ता रहता है और वो वंश इतना तेज होता है जैसे लौकिक परिवार में देखा है ना बड़े बूढ़े बड़े शीतल होंगे लेकिन पोत्रे ­ धोत्रे बहुत तेज होंगे . agar aṅśh mātra bhī dēh kā svabhāv ­ saṅskār rah jātā hai tō samay prati samay vō vanśh baṛhtā rahtā hai aur vō vanśh itnā tēj hōtā hai jaisē laukik parivār mē̃ dēkhā hai nā baṛē būṛhē baṛē śhītal hōṅgē lēkin pōtrē ­ dhōtrē bahut tēj hōṅgē . agar aṅśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mātra bhī[p.] dēh[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] ­ saṅskār[x] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] tō samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] prati samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.;d.] vanśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛhnā[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] aur vah[pn.;d.] vanśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tēj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] laukik[adj.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] būṛhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhītal[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] lēkin pōtrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] ­ dhōtrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bahut tēj[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . if trace just too body of nature ­ sanskar remain[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] then time for time that dynasty grow[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] and that dynasty such fast be[pres.sg.m.23] like worldly family in see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ very old very cool be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] but grandson ­ grandchildren very fast be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

257However, to renounce the sanskars and nature, complete with all its progeny, not just renunciation, but renunciation with its progeny so that not even a single trace is left, is known as being a complete renunciate. 258If the slightest trace of the nature and sanskars of the body remains, then, from time to time, that progeny will increase.

179तो अगर कोई वंश भी पुराना रहा हुआ है वो भी उल्टी कमाल करके दिखाता है . tō agar kōī vanśh bhī purānā rahā huā hai vō bhī ulṭī kamāl karkē dikhātā hai . tō agar kōī[pn.;d.] vanśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] purānā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rahānā[root]|rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] ulṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|ulṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[pres.sg.m.23] . then if some dynasty too old (enable to live[root]|remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that too (x|upside down) x do[abs.] x[pres.sg.m.23] .

259And that progeny is as sharp as in a lokik family, where the older ones are very cool and the grandchildren are very sharp.

180उस समय की हालत बापदादा देखते हैं बिल्कुल ऐसे लगता है जैसे कोई दुनिया में दिवाला निकालते हैं-तो सेकण्ड में लखपति से कखपति बन जाते हैं . us samay kī|key hālat bāpdādā dēkhtē haĩ bilkul aisē lagtā hai jaisē kōī duniyā mē̃ divālā nikāltē haĩ-tō second mē̃ lakhpati sē kakhpati ban jātē haĩ . vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key hālat[n.f.;sg.] bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] bilkul[adv.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kōī[pn.;d.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] x nikālnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x second mē̃[postp.] lakhpati[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kakhpati[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . that time (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) situation BapDada see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] at all such x[pres.sg.m.23] like some world in x x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x second in x from x become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .

260If any old progeny remains, that also performs a wrong type of wonder. 261BapDada sees that the condition of someone at that time is like when someone becomes bankrupt; in a second he turns from a millionaire into one who only has things worth nothing.

181सारे खज़ाने सेकण्ड में खत्म . sārē khazānē second mē̃ khatm . sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] second mē̃[postp.] ḵẖatm[adj.] . the whole treasure second in finished .

262All treasures are finished within a second.

182फिर मेहनत करनी पड़े ना . phir mēhnat karnī paṛē nā . phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.sg.23.oblig2] nā . (then|turn[root]) effort do[opt.sg.23.oblig2] ∅ .

263Then you have to make effort.

183इसलिये सर्वंश त्यागी अर्थात् देह के सम्बन्ध और देह के पुराने स्वभाव ­ संस्कार से त्यागी . isliyē sarvanśh tyāgī arthāt dēh kē|K sambandh aur dēh kē|K purānē svabhāv ­ saṅskār sē tyāgī . isliē sarvanśh tyāgī[x] arthāt dēh[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur dēh[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] ­ saṅskār[x] sē[postp.] tyāgnā[past-part.f.]|tyāgī[adj.] . therefore x that is body (of|K) relationship and body (of|K) old nature ­ sanskar from (renounce[past-part.f.]|renunciate) .

264This is why a complete renunciate means to be a renunciate of the bodily relations and the sanskars and nature of the body.

184कभी भी अपनी अवस्था को चेक करो अगर धोखा देता है तो कौन देता है  ? kabhī bhī apnī avasthā kō check karō agar dhōkhā dētā hai tō kaun dētā hai  ? kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] avasthā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] agar dhōkhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō kaun[pn.;d.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? ever too one’s own stage to check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] if deception give[pres.sg.m.23] then who give[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

265At any time, check your stage. 266If you are deceived, who deceives you?

185स्वभाव ­ संस्कार ना  ! svabhāv ­ saṅskār nā  ! svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] ­ saṅskār[x] nā  ! nature ­ sanskar ∅  !

267Your nature and sanskars.

186तो त्याग का भाग्य समाप्त करने वाला ये स्वभाव ­ संस्कार हैं . tō tyāg kā bhāgya samāpt karnē vālā yē svabhāv ­ saṅskār haĩ . tō tyāgnā[root]|tyāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] samāpt[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yah[pn.pl.d.] svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] ­ saṅskār[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then (renounce[root]|renunciation) of x finished do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who this nature ­ sanskar be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

268This nature and sanskars finish the fortune received through renunciation.

187और बापदादा तो ब्राह्मणों के लिये और अण्डर लाइन करते हैं कि त्याग का भी त्याग करो . aur bāpdādā tō brāhmaṇō̃ kē|K liyē aur aṇḍar line kartē haĩ ki tyāg kā bhī tyāg karō . aur bāpdādā tō brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] aur x line karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] tyāgnā[root]|tyāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] tyāgnā[root]|tyāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . and BapDada then Brahmin (of|K) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] and x line do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that (renounce[root]|renunciation) of too (renounce[root]|renunciation) do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

269BapDada is underlining it even more for the Brahmins. 270Have renunciation of your renunciation; even renounce the arrogance of being a renunciate.

188‘ ‘ मैं त्यागी हूँ ’ ’ - इस अभिमान का भी त्याग . ‘ ‘ maĩ tyāgī hū̃ ’ ’ - is abhimān kā bhī tyāg . ‘ ‘ maĩ[pn.sg.d.] tyāgnā[pres-perf.sg.f.1] ’ ’ - yah[pn.sg.o.] abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] tyāgnā[root]|tyāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] . ‘ ‘ I renounce[pres-perf.sg.f.1] ’ ’ - this arrogance of too (renounce[root]|renunciation) . 189इसको कहा जाता है त्याग का भी त्याग . iskō kahā jātā hai tyāg kā bhī tyāg . yah[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] tyāgnā[root]|tyāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] tyāgnā[root]|tyāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] . this[.kō] (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) (renounce[root]|renunciation) of too (renounce[root]|renunciation) .

271This is known as renunciation of renunciation. 272I did this, I tolerated this, I did this and this: do not give all these stories.

190मैंने किया , सहन किया , ये किया , ये किया-ये कथायें नहीं करो . mainnē kiyā , sahan kiyā , yē kiyā , yē kiyā-yē kathāyē̃ nahī̃ karō . maĩ[pn.sg.nē] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , sahan[adj.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.pl.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.pl.d.] x kathā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . I[.nē] do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , tolerance do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , this do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , this x story not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

273Even if someone did tolerate, what word do you use with the words "to tolerate"? 274Power.

191अगर किसने सहन भी किया तो सहन के पीछे शक्ति है . agar kisnē sahan bhī kiyā tō sahan kē pīchhē śhakti hai . agar kaun[pn.sg.nē] sahan[adj.] bhī[p.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō sahan[adj.] kē pīchhē[x] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . if who[.nē] tolerance too do[past-part.m.sg.d.] then tolerance x Shakti be[pres.sg.23] .

275To tolerate is not just to tolerate, but to tolerate means to imbibe power.

192सिर्फ सहन नहीं है , सहन करना अर्थात् शक्ति धारण करना , इसलिये सहन शक्ति कहते हैं . sirph sahan nahī̃ hai , sahan karnā arthāt śhakti dhāraṇ karnā , isliyē sahan śhakti kahtē haĩ . sirph[adj.] sahan[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sahan[adj.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dhāraṇ karnā[x] , isliē sahan[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . only tolerance not be[pres.sg.23] , tolerance do[inf.m.sg.d.] that is Shakti adopt[x] , therefore tolerance Shakti say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

276This is why you speak of the power to tolerate. 277To tolerate means to show the visible form of power. 278So it is good, is it not?

193सहन करना अर्थात् शक्ति रूप को प्रत्यक्ष रूप दिखाना . sahan karnā arthāt śhakti rūp kō pratyakṣha rūp dikhānā . sahan[adj.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] pratyakṣh[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . tolerance do[inf.m.sg.d.] that is Shakti Rup to visible Rup x[inf.m.sg.d.] .

279What did you tolerate? 280In fact, you took greater benefit. 281And for whom did you tolerate it?

194तो अच्छा ही हुआ ना . tō achchhā hī huā nā . tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā . then achcha only be[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ . 195क्या सहन किया  ? kyā sahan kiyā  ? kyā sahan[adj.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? what tolerance do[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

282You tolerated it for the sake of being obedient to the Father.

196और ही लाभ ले लिया ना  ! aur hī lābh lē liyā nā  ! aur hī[p.] lābh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] nā  ! and only x take[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] ∅  !

283You did not tolerate it for anyone else.

197और किसके प्रति सहन किया  ? aur kiskē prati sahan kiyā  ? aur kaun[pn.sg.kē] prati sahan[adj.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? and who[.kē] for tolerance do[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

284You only obeyed the instructions of the Father.

198बाप के आज्ञाकारी बनने के लिये सहन किया , दूसरे के लिये नहीं सहन किया . bāp kē|K āgyākārī bannē kē|K liyē sahan kiyā , dūsrē kē|K liyē nahī̃ sahan kiyā . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K āgyākārī[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] sahan[adj.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] sahan[adj.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . father (of|K) obedient become[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] tolerance do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , other (of|K) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] not tolerance do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

285So you will receive blessings for following the instructions, will you not? 286So what did you tolerate?

199बाप की आज्ञा मानी . bāp kī|key āgyā mānī . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key āgyā[n.f.;sg.] mānnā[past-part.f.] . father (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) order x[past-part.f.] .

287You took blessings, did you not?

200तो आज्ञा की दुआएं मिलेगी ना  ! tō āgyā kī|key duāē̃ milēgī nā  ! tō āgyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] milnā[fut.f.sg.23] nā  ! then order (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) blessing receive[fut.f.sg.23] ∅  ! 201तो सहन क्या किया  ? tō sahan kyā kiyā  ? tō sahan[adj.] kyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? then tolerance what do[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

288When you keep a situation in front of you, you think that you have tolerated a great deal.

202दुआएं ली ना  ! duāē̃ lī nā  ! duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] lēnā[past-part.f.] nā  ! blessing take[past-part.f.] ∅  ! 203बात को सामने रखते हो तो सोचते हो बहुत सहन किया , कब तक सहन करेंगे , सहन करने की भी कोई हद होनी चाहिये . bāt kō sāmnē rakhtē hō tō sōchtē hō bahut sahan kiyā , kab tak sahan karē̃gē , sahan karnē kī|key bhī kōī had hōnī chāhiyē . bāt[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] sāmnē rakhnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō sōchnā[pres.pl.m.2] bahut sahan[adj.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , kab tak sahan[adj.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , sahan[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] had[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[.oblig3] . matter to x keep[pres.pl.m.2] then think[pres.pl.m.2] very tolerance do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , when until tolerance do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , tolerance do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) too some x be[.oblig3] . 204लेकिन जितना बेहद सहन , उतनी बेहद की दुआएं . lēkin jitnā bēhad sahan , utnī bēhad kī|key duāē̃ . lēkin jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bēhad[adj.] sahan[adj.] , utnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bēhad[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] . but the more unlimited tolerance , x unlimited (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) blessing .

289"For how long will I have to tolerate this; there should be a limit as to how much one can tolerate." 290However, to the extent that you tolerate something to an unlimited level, so too, the blessings received from that are also unlimited, because you are being obedient to the Father.

205क्योंकि बाप के आज्ञाकारी बन रहे हैं . kyōṅki bāp kē|K āgyākārī ban rahē haĩ . kyōṅki bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K āgyākārī[adj.] bannā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . because father (of|K) obedient become[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

291The Father has told you to tolerate.

206बाप ने कहा है सहन करो . bāp nē kahā hai sahan karō . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] sahan[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . father ∅ say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] tolerance do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

292Has anyone else told you to tolerate?

207तो आज्ञा को मानना खुशी की बात है या मजबूरी की बात है  ? tō āgyā kō mānnā khuśhī kī|key bāt hai yā majbūrī kī|key bāt hai  ? tō āgyā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] mānnā[inf.m.sg.d.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā majbūrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? then order to x[inf.m.sg.d.] happiness (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) matter be[pres.sg.23] or x (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) matter be[pres.sg.23]  ?

293So, to obey an instruction, is that a matter of happiness or a matter of compulsion?

208मजबूरी से सहन नहीं करो . majbūrī sē sahan nahī̃ karō . majbūrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] sahan[adj.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x from tolerance not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

294Do not tolerate out of compulsion.

209कई सहन करते भी हैं और कहते भी हैं कि मेरे जैसा कोई सहन नहीं करता . kaī sahan kartē bhī haĩ aur kahtē bhī haĩ ki mērē jaisā kōī sahan nahī̃ kartā . kaī sahan[adj.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] sahan[adj.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . some tolerance do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too be[pres.pl.12hon3] and say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too be[pres.pl.12hon3] that I[.kē] like some tolerance not do[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

295Some do tolerate and they also say no one else tolerates as much as they do.

210फिर दादियों को आकर बताते हैं-आपको नहीं पता हमने कितना सहन किया  ! phir dādiyō̃ kō ākar batātē haĩ-āpakō nahī̃ patā hamnē kitnā sahan kiyā  ! phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] ānā[abs.] batānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x nahī̃[neg] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ham[pn.pl.nē] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sahan[adj.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ! (then|turn[root]) Dadi to come[abs.] tell[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x not knowledge we[.nē] so tolerance do[past-part.m.sg.d.]  !

296Then they come and tell the Dadis: You do not know how much I have tolerated.

211लेकिन नुकसान क्या किया  ! lēkin nuksān kyā kiyā  ! lēkin nuksān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ! but loss what do[past-part.m.sg.d.]  !

297What did you lose? 298You only benefited.

212फायदा हीइकट्ठा हुआ . phāydā hīikaṭṭhā huā . fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] x hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . profit x be[past-part.m.sg.d.] . 213तो त्याग की परिभाषा समझी  ? tō tyāg kī|key paribhāṣhā samajhī  ? tō tyāgnā[root]|tyāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key paribhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] samajhnā[past-part.f.]  ? then (renounce[root]|renunciation) (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x understand[past-part.f.]  ?

299So, did you understand the definition of renunciation?

214देखो भक्ति मार्ग में भी ये निशानी है कि जब बलि चढ़ाते हैं तो अगर बलि का बकरा चिल्लाता है तो वो प्रसाद नहीं माना जाता . dēkhō bhakti mārg mē̃ bhī yē niśhānī hai ki jab bali chaṛhātē haĩ tō agar bali kā bakrā chillātā hai tō vō prasād nahī̃ mānā jātā . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bhakti mārg[x] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] yah[pn.pl.d.] niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] jab bali[n.m.;sg.,d.] chaṛhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō agar bali[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bakrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] chillānā[pres.sg.m.23] tō vah[pn.;d.] prasād[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|mānā jānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] path of devotion in too this sign be[pres.sg.23] that when sacrifice x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then if sacrifice of goat cry[pres.sg.m.23] then that prasad not (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|means) go[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

300Look, even on the path of bhakti, there is the sign of this: when a sacrifice is offered, if the goat cries out, then is that accepted as holy food? 301It becomes holy food if it is completely sacrificed in one go and does not cry out.

215एक धक से बिना चिल्लाये स्वाहा हो जाता है तो प्रसाद हो जाता है . ēk dhak sē binā cillāyē svāhā hō jātā hai tō prasād hō jātā hai . ēk[adj.] dhak[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] binā x svāhā hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] tō prasād[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . one x from without x sacrificed be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] then prasad be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

302They even tell the goat that is to be sacrificed not to cry out. 303And you say that you have tolerated something all the time; so what is this?

216तो बलि के बकरे को भी कहते हैं चिल्लाये नहीं . tō bali kē|K bakrē kō bhī kahtē haĩ cillāyē nahī̃ . tō bali[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bakrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x nahī̃[neg] . then sacrifice (of|K) goat to too say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x not .

304Is this not crying out? 305So, you do cry out a little, whether in your mind or in sound.

217और आप कहते हैं सहन किया , सहन किया तो क्या ये चिल्लाना नहीं हुआ  ? aur āp kahtē haĩ sahan kiyā , sahan kiyā tō kyā yē chillānā nahī̃ huā  ? aur āp[pn.pl.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] sahan[adj.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , sahan[adj.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō kyā yah[pn.pl.d.] chillānā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? and you say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tolerance do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , tolerance do[past-part.m.sg.d.] then what this cry[inf.m.sg.d.] not be[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

306But no, that is not holy food then. 307That is not accepted. 308Baba does not accept it. 309So how can He give blessings?

218चाहे मन में , चाहे मुख से अगर थोड़ा भी चिल्लाते हैं तो प्रसाद नहीं हुआ . chāhē man mē̃ , chāhē mukh sē agar thōṛā bhī chillātē haĩ tō prasād nahī̃ huā . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] agar thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] chillānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō prasād[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) mind in , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) mouth from if short too cry[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then prasad not be[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

310So what will you do? 311Perhaps you will cry a little inside, not externally. 312Will you cry in this way?

219बाप को स्वीकार नहीं होता है तो दुआएं कैसे देगा  ? bāp kō svīkār nahī̃ hōtā hai tō duāē̃ kaisē dēgā  ? bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] svīkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? father to acceptance not be[pres.sg.m.23] then blessing how give[fut.m.sg.23]  ?

313The teachers are sitting in front are they not? 314Will you cry a little internally?

220तो क्या करेंगे , थोड़ा ­ थोड़ा अन्दर चिल्लायेंगे  ? tō kyā karē̃gē , thōṛā ­ thōṛā andar chillāyēṅgē  ? tō kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ­ thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] andar chillānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? then what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , short ­ short inside cry[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

315Will the teachers not cry? 316Maybe you will shed one or two tears standing in a corner?

221थोड़ा कोने में , बाथरूम में , छिपकर एक ­ दो आंसू बहायेंगे  ? thōṛā kōnē mē̃ , bathroom mē̃ , chhipkar ēk ­ dō āṅsū bahāyēṅgē  ? thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] , bathroom mē̃[postp.] , chhipnā[abs.] ēk[adj.] ­ dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] āṅsū bahānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? short corner in , bathroom in , secretly[abs.] one ­ (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) shed tears  ?

317Perhaps you will secretly shed a few tears in the bathroom? 318Will you not do this?

222थोड़ी तो छुट्टी मिलनी चाहिये  ! thōṛī tō chhuṭṭī milnī chāhiyē  ! thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tō chhuṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] milnā[.oblig3]  ! short then permission receive[.oblig3]  !

319Should you perhaps have a little freedom to do this?

223माताओं को बच्चे तंग करें तो क्या करेंगी  ? mātāō̃ kō bachchē taṅg karē̃ tō kyā karē̃gī  ? mātā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] taṅg[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] tō kyā karnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3]  ? mother to child x do[opt.pl.12hon3] then what do[fut.f.pl.12hon3]  ?

320You should not receive this freedom. 321Should the mothers receive this freedom?

224थोड़ा मन में तो रोयेंगी  ? thōṛā man mē̃ tō rōyēṅgī  ? thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tō x  ? short mind in then x  ?

322You should not receive it either.

225मातायें मन में रोती हो  ? mātāyē̃ man mē̃ rōtī hō  ? mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rōnā[pres.pl.f.2]  ? mother mind in cry[pres.pl.f.2]  ?

323What will you do when your children trouble you?

226थोड़ा ­ थोड़ा रोती हो  ! thōṛā ­ thōṛā rōtī hō  ! thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ­ thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rōnā[pres.pl.f.2]  ! short ­ short cry[pres.pl.f.2]  !

324Will you cry a little in your mind?

227और भाई क्या करते हैं  ? aur bhāī kyā kartē haĩ  ? aur bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] kyā karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ? and (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) what do[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

325Do you mothers cry in your mind?

228वो आंखों से नहीं रोते हैं लेकिन क्रोध करके अन्दर से रो लेते हैं . vō āṅkhō̃ sē nahī̃ rōtē haĩ lēkin krōdh karkē andar sē rō lētē haĩ . vah[pn.;d.] āṅkh[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] rōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] andar sē[postp.] rōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] . that eye from not cry[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but anger do[abs.] inside from cry[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] . 229जोश आना भी रोना है . jōśh ānā bhī rōnā hai . jōśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] rōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . x (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) too cry[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

326You are not saying yes, and so perhaps you do cry a little? 327And what do the brothers do? 328They do not cry shedding tears but they cry internally by becoming angry.

230तो पाण्डव सेना क्या समझती है  ? tō pāṇḍav sēnā kyā samajhtī hai  ? tō pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēnā[n.f.;sg.] kyā samajhnā[pres.sg.f.23]  ? then Pandava army what understand[pres.sg.f.23]  ?

329When they become forceful, that is also a form of crying.

231थोड़ा रोने की छुट्टी चाहिये  ? thōṛā rōnē kī|key chhuṭṭī chāhiyē  ? thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key chhuṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] chāhiē  ? short cry[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) permission should  ?

330What does the Pandav Army think? 331Do you want to cry?

232जिसको थोड़ी ­ थोड़ी छुट्टी चाहिये वो हाथ उठाओ . jiskō thōṛī ­ thōṛī chhuṭṭī chāhiyē vō hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.sg.kō] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ­ thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] chhuṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] chāhiē vah[pn.;d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that[.kō] short ­ short permission should that raise your hands .

332Should you be given freedom to do this? 333Those who want a little freedom, raise your hands.

233नहीं चाहिये  ? nahī̃ chāhiyē  ? nahī̃[neg] chāhiē  ? not should  ?

334Do you not want it?

234तो आज से रोने का फाइल भी खत्म , कि सिर्फ ताली बजाकर खुश कर दिया  ? tō āj sē rōnē kā file bhī khatm , ki sirph tālī bajākar khuśh kar diyā  ? tō āj sē[postp.] rōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] file bhī[p.] ḵẖatm[adj.] , ki[conj.] sirph[adj.] tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bajānā[abs.] khuśh[adj.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā]  ? then today from cry[inf.m.pl.,o.] of file too finished , that only clapping play[abs.] happy do[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā]  ?

335So, from today, is the file of crying also finished, or have you just made Baba happy by clapping about it? 336So, from today, the post will also reduce.

235फिर तो आज से पोस्ट भी कम हो जायेगी . phir tō āj sē post bhī kam hō jāyēgī . phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] tō āj sē[postp.] post bhī[p.] kam hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . (then|turn[root]) then today from x too decrease .

337The useless expense of postage will be saved for Gyan Sarovar.

236पोस्ट का फालतु खर्चा ज्ञान सरोवर के लिए बच जायेगा , जब कोई ऐसी बात आये तो पोस्ट के पैसे भण्डारी में डाल देना . post kā phālatu kharchā gyān sarōvar kē liē bach jāyēgā , jab kōī aisī bāt āyē tō post kē|K paisē bhaṇḍārī mē̃ ḍāl dēnā . post kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x kharch, kharchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] gyān sarōvar[x] kē liē[x] bachnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] , jab kōī[pn.;d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] tō post kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K paisā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhanḍārī[x] mē̃[postp.] ḍālnā[root] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . x of x expenditure Gyan Sarovar for x[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] , when some such matter (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) then x (of|K) money bhandari in create[root] give[inf.m.sg.d.] .

338When any situation like that comes up, you should put the postage money into Baba's box. 339You still have to use a lot more for Gyan Sarovar. 340Everyone has a lot of love for Gyan Sarovar.

237ज्ञान सरोवर में तो अभी भी लगना है ना . gyān sarōvar mē̃ tō abhī bhī lagnā hai nā . gyān sarōvar[x] mē̃[postp.] tō ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] lagnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā . Gyan Sarovar in then now too x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ .

341To have love for Gyan Sarovar means to have love for service.

238ज्ञान सरोवर से प्यार सभी का बहुत अच्छा है . gyān sarōvar sē pyār sabhī kā bahut achchhā hai . gyān sarōvar[x] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Gyan Sarovar from love all of very achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

342You do not have love for the place, but you have the place for the sake of service and so you have love for service.

239ज्ञान सरोवर से प्यार अर्थात् सेवा से प्यार . gyān sarōvar sē pyār arthāt sēvā sē pyār . gyān sarōvar[x] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] . Gyan Sarovar from love that is service from love .

343Is there anyone sitting here who has not put anything in for Gyan Sarovar? 344Raise your hand! 345Is there anyone? 346No one.

240स्थान से प्यार नहीं है लेकिन सेवा के निमित्त स्थान है तो सेवा से प्यार . sthān sē pyār nahī̃ hai lēkin sēvā kē nimitt sthān hai tō sēvā sē pyār . sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē nimitt[x] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] . place from love not be[pres.sg.23] but service x place be[pres.sg.23] then service from love .

347Achcha. 348Those who have put something in, raise your hands. 349All of you have put in something. 350Have those from Madhuban put something in?

241जो भी सभी यहाँ बैठे हैं कोई ऐसा है जिसने ज्ञान सरोवर में अपना कणादाना नहीं डाला है  ? jō bhī sabhī yahā̃ baiṭhē haĩ kōī aisā hai jisnē gyān sarōvar mē̃ apnā kaṇādānā nahī̃ ḍālā hai  ? jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] sab[adv.hī] yahā̃ baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] kōī[pn.;d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.sg.nē] gyān sarōvar[x] mē̃[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] x nahī̃[neg] ḍālnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ? that too all here sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] some such be[pres.sg.23] that[.nē] Gyan Sarovar in (one’s own|adopt[root]) x not create[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ?

351They have taken from the bhandari and put something into it. 352Do those from the hospital put something in? 353Do they do this?

242जिन्होंने डाला है वो हाथ उठाओ . jinhōnnē ḍālā hai vō hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.pl.nē] ḍālnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.;d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that[.nē] create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that raise your hands .

354Raise your hands. 355They are sitting in Pandav Bhavan.

243सभी ने किया है . sabhī nē kiyā hai . sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . all ∅ do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

356They also put something in.

244मधुबन वाले , हॉस्पिटल वाले , सेवाधारी सभी डालते हैं  ? madhuban vālē , hospital vālē , sēvādhārī sabhī ḍāltē haĩ  ? madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , hospital vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adv.hī] ḍālnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ? Madhuban those who , hospital those who , server all create[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

357And the sevadharis, they also do this; they are down below in Pandav Bhavan.

245तो सबके सहयोग से देखो कितना अच्छा सेवा का स्थान बन गया . tō sabkē sahyōg sē dēkhō kitnā achchhā sēvā kā sthān ban gayā . tō sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . then everyone's cooperation from see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] so achcha service of place become[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .

358With everyone's co­operation, such a beautiful place has been built. 359Do all of you like it?

246सभी को अच्छा लगा ना , पसन्द आया  ? sabhī kō achchhā lagā nā , pasand āyā  ? sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā , pasand[n.f.;sg.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? all to achcha (x|attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ∅ , love come[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

360Have all of you seen it? 361Do you like it?

247हाँ , रहने में थोड़ी तकलीफ हुई है लेकिन ठीक हो जायेगा . hā̃ , rahnē mē̃ thōṛī taklīph huī hai lēkin ṭhīk hō jāyēgā . hā̃ , rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] taklīph[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] lēkin ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . yes , remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] in short difficulty be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] but OK be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .

362Yes, you had a little difficulty in living there, but that will be all right also.

248फिर दूसरे बारी आयेंगे तो मौज मनायेंगे . phir dūsrē bārī āyēṅgē tō mauj manāyēṅgē . phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō mauj[n.f.;sg.] manānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . (then|turn[root]) other x come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then pleasure celebrate[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

363When you come next time, you will have a lot of pleasure.

249अभी तो कभी गरम पानी नहीं , कभी ठण्डा पानी नहीं . abhī tō kabhī garam pānī nahī̃ , kabhī ṭhaṇḍā pānī nahī̃ . ab[adv.hī] tō kabhī[adv.] garm[adj.] pānī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pānā[inf.f.] nahī̃[neg] , kabhī[adv.] ṭhaṇḍā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pānī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pānā[inf.f.] nahī̃[neg] . now then ever x (water|x[inf.f.]) not , ever cool (water|x[inf.f.]) not .

364At present, you receive cold water; not hot water, but cold water. 365This happens in a new home, but are you all happy?

250नये मकान में होता है . nayē makān mē̃ hōtā hai . nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] makān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . new building in be[pres.sg.m.23] .

366Are those living in Gyan Sarovar happy?

251लेकिन ज्ञान सरोवर में रहने वाले सभी खुश हैं  ? lēkin gyān sarōvar mē̃ rahnē vālē sabhī khuśh haĩ  ? lēkin gyān sarōvar[x] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sab[adv.hī] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? but Gyan Sarovar in remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who all happy be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

367Those who are happy, raise your hands. 368Achcha, there are more Pandavs; there are also the Shaktis.

252सुनाया ना आप तो फिर भी बहुत ­ बहुत ­ बहुत भाग्यवान हो . sunāyā nā āp tō phir bhī bahut ­ bahut ­ bahut bhāgyavān hō . sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā āp[pn.pl.] tō phir bhī[x] bahut ­ bahut ­ bahut bhāgyavān[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ you then nevertheless very ­ very ­ very fortunate (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

369Or, are you thinking, "How can we say that we are not happy?", and you are therefore saying that you are happy?

253भक्ति मार्ग के मेले में तो मिट्टी पर सोते हैं , यहाँ गदेला , रजाई तो मिली है ना  ! bhakti mārg kē|K mēlē mē̃ tō miṭṭī par sōtē haĩ , yahā̃ gadēlā , rajāī tō milī hai nā  ! bhakti mārg[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mēlā[x] mē̃[postp.] tō miṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] sōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , yahā̃ x , x tō milnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] nā  ! path of devotion (of|K) fair in then mud (at|other) sleep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , here x , x then receive[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ∅  !

370As you were told, you are still very, very, very fortunate. 371In the melas of the path of bhakti, they sleep in the dust.

254तो सब अच्छे सोये हुए हैं  ? tō sab achchhē sōyē huē haĩ  ? tō sab[adj.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ? then all achcha sleep[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

372At least you have got mattresses! 373You have received quilts.

255नया बिस्तरा है , नया मकान है . nayā bistarā hai , nayā makān hai . nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x hōnā[pres.sg.23] , nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] makān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . new x be[pres.sg.23] , new building be[pres.sg.23] .

374You have been given quilts. 375It is very cold anyway.

256फिर भी देखो इतनों को आने का चांस तो मिला है ना  ! phir bhī dēkhō itnō̃ kō ānē kā chance tō milā hai nā  ! phir bhī[x] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] itnā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance tō milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā  ! nevertheless see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] such to (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) of chance then receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅  ! 257अच्छा , दादियों को ज्ञान सरोवर पसन्द है ना  ! achchhā , dādiyō̃ kō gyān sarōvar pasand hai nā  ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] gyān sarōvar[x] pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! achcha , Dadi to Gyan Sarovar love be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

376If you sleep together in one room, not sleeping with one another, but in one room, then you become warm quickly. 377You went around, did you not?

258ज्ञान सरोवर में दो लक्ष्य हैं - एक तो विशेष सेवा , दूसरा ब्राह्मणों का एशलम . gyān sarōvar mē̃ dō lakṣhya haĩ - ēk tō viśhēṣh sēvā , dūsrā brāhmaṇō̃ kā asylum . gyān sarōvar[x] mē̃[postp.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] lakṣhya[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] - ēk[adj.] tō viśhēṣh[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] asylum . Gyan Sarovar in (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) aim be[pres.pl.12hon3] - one then special service , other Brahmin of asylum .

378Is everyone sleeping comfortably? 379You have new bedding and a new building. 380Even then, at least so many had a chance to come.

259तो दोनों लक्ष्य के कारण इसी विधि से बनाया है . tō dōnō̃ lakṣhya kē|K kāraṇ isī vidhi sē banāyā hai . tō dōnō̃ lakṣhya[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.hī] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . then x aim (of|K) because this[.hī] method from create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

381Achcha, do these Dadis like Gyan Sarovar? 382Very good.

260यहाँ पाण्डव भवन में सिवाए ब्राह्मणों के एलाउ नहीं करते लेकिन वहाँ अनेक सम्पर्क वाले नजदीक सम्बन्ध में आयेंगे . yahā̃ pāṇḍav bhavan mē̃ sivāē brāhmaṇō̃ kē|K allow nahī̃ kartē lēkin vahā̃ anēk samparka vālē najdīk sambandh mē̃ āyēṅgē . yahā̃ pāṇḍav bhavan[x] mē̃[postp.] sivāē brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K allow nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] lēkin vahā̃ anēk[adj.] sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nazdīk sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . here x in except Brahmin (of|K) allow not do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] but there many x those who x relationship in come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

383There are two aims for Gyan Sarovar. 384One is to do special service and the other is to provide an asylum for Brahmins. 385Because of both aims, it has been built in this way.

261जो नाम है ईश्वरीय विश्वविद्यालय , तो जो नाम है विद्यालय उस नाम को भी प्रत्यक्ष करेंगे . jō nām hai īśhvarīy viśhvavidyālay , tō jō nām hai vidyālay us nām kō bhī pratyakṣha karē̃gē . jō[pn.;d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] īśhvarīy[adj.] viśhvavidyālay[n.m.;sg.,d.] , tō jō[pn.;d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vidyālay[x] vah[pn.sg.o.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] pratyakṣh[adj.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . that name be[pres.sg.23] Godly x , then that name be[pres.sg.23] school that name to too visible do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 262तो डबल सेवा है ना  ? tō double sēvā hai nā  ? tō double sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ? then double service be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ?

386No one except Brahmins are allowed here in Pandav Bhavan, but there, many of those who are in contact will come into close relationship. 387The name is World Spiritual University, and so this University will reveal this name.

263यहाँ ब्राह्मणों के हिसाब से बना हुआ है और वहाँ विश्व की सर्व आत्माओं के हिसाब से . yahā̃ brāhmaṇō̃ kē|K hisāb sē banā huā hai aur vahā̃ viśhva kī|key sarv ātmāō̃ kē|K hisāb sē . yahā̃ brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] banānā[root]|bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] aur vahā̃ viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key sarv[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] . here Brahmin (of|K) account from (create[root]|become[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] and there world (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) all soul (of|K) account from .

388So, this is double service, is it not? 389Here, it is built for the Brahmins and there, it is built in terms of all the souls of the world.

264इसलिये अन्तर हो गया ना , लक्ष्य में अन्तर हो गया . isliyē antar hō gayā nā , lakṣhya mē̃ antar hō gayā . isliē antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] nā , lakṣhya[adj.] mē̃[postp.] antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . therefore difference be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ∅ , aim in difference be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .

390Therefore, there is a difference, there is a difference in the aim.

265अच्छा  ! achchhā  ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]  ! achcha  !

391Achcha.

266और कदम फिर पीछे बतायेंगे . aur kadam phir pīchhē batāyēṅgē . aur kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] pīchhē batānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . and step (then|turn[root]) x tell[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

392Baba will speak of the other steps later.

267लेकिन ये दोनों कदम अच्छी तरह से चेक करना और याद रखना फाइल सारे खत्म . lēkin yē dōnō̃ kadam achchhī tarah sē check karnā aur yād rakhnā file sārē khatm . lēkin yah[pn.pl.d.] dōnō̃ kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tarah[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] check karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur yād rakhnā[x] file sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ḵẖatm[adj.] . but this x step achcha x from check do[inf.m.sg.d.] and remember file the whole finished .

393Baba is also going to come on the 26th, and so He will save something for them also. 394However, check both these steps very well and remember that all files are finished.

268भूल नहीं जाना . bhūl nahī̃ jānā . bhūlnā[root]|bhūl[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . (forget[root]|mistake) not (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) .

395Do not forget this. 396Which files?

269कौन से फाइल  ? kaun sē file  ? kaun[pn.;d.] sē[postp.] file  ? who from file  ? 270कारण के और रोने के . kāraṇ kē|K aur rōnē kē|K . kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K aur rōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K . because (of|K) and cry[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) .

397One of reasons and excuses and the other of crying.

271जोश भी रोना है . jōśh bhī rōnā hai . jōśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] rōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . x too cry[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

398To come into force is also crying.

272आवेशता में आना ये भी मन का रोना है . āvēśatā mē̃ ānā yē bhī man kā rōnā hai . x mē̃[postp.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] yah[pn.pl.d.] bhī[p.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . x in (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) this too mind of cry[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

399To become forceful is also crying, it is the crying of the mind.

273वो समझते हैं हमने रोया थोड़ेही . vō samajhtē haĩ hamnē rōyā thōṛēhī . vah[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ham[pn.pl.nē] rōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] thōṛēhī . that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] we[.nē] cry[past-part.m.sg.d.] not . 274लेकिन मन में तो बहुत रोया . lēkin man mē̃ tō bahut rōyā . lēkin man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tō bahut rōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . but mind in then very cry[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

400That person thinks that he has not cried, but he cried a great deal in the mind.

275तो दोनों फाइल खत्म  ! tō dōnō̃ file khatm  ! tō dōnō̃ file ḵẖatm[adj.]  ! then x file finished  !

401Both these files are finished.

276फाइन नहीं डालना अपने ऊपर , रिफाइन बनना . fine nahī̃ ḍālnā apnē ūpar , refine bannā . fine nahī̃[neg] ḍālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ūpar , refine bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . fine not create[inf.m.sg.d.] one’s own over , refine become[inf.m.sg.d.] .

402Are they finished? 403Double foreigners: speak, are they finished.

277ब्रह्मा बाप अपने आदि साथियों को देख करके खुश हो रहे हैं . brahmā bāp apnē ādi sāthiyō̃ kō dēkh karkē khuśh hō rahē haĩ . brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ādi[adj.] sāthī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . Brahma father one’s own etc. companion to see[root] do[abs.] happy be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

404Do not incur a fine, but become refined. 405Brahma Baba is happy to see his original jewels.

278साथी हो ना  ? sāthī hō nā  ? sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā  ? companion (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅  ?

406You are the companions, are you not?

279टीचर्स सब साथी हो ना  ? teachers sab sāthī hō nā  ? teacher sab[adj.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā  ? teacher all companion (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅  ?

407All of you teachers are the companions, are you not?

280पाण्डव भी आदि साथी हैं तो शक्तियाँ भी साथी हैं . pāṇḍav bhī ādi sāthī haĩ tō śhaktiyā̃ bhī sāthī haĩ . pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] ādi[adj.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . Pandava too etc. companion be[pres.pl.12hon3] then Shakti too companion be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

408The Pandavs are the companions from the beginning and the Shaktis are also the companions from the beginning.

281राइट हैण्ड हैं इसलिये ब्रह्मा की अनेक भुजायें दिखाई हैं . right hand haĩ isliyē brahmā kī|key anēk bhujāyē̃ dikhāī haĩ . right hand[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] isliē brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key anēk[adj.] bhujā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dikhānā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] . right hand be[pres.pl.12hon3] therefore Brahma (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) many arm x[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] .

409You are the right hands and this is why Brahma has been shown with many arms.

282भुजा अर्थात् सहयोगी ­ साथी . bhujā arthāt sahyōgī ­ sāthī . bhujā[n.f.;sg.] arthāt sahyōgī[adj.] ­ sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] . arm that is co-operative ­ companion .

410To be an arm means to be a co­operative companion.

283सभी राइट हैण्ड हो ना  ? sabhī right hand hō nā  ? sab[adv.hī] right hand[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā  ? all right hand (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅  ?

411All of you are right hands, are you not?

284यहाँ लेफ्ट भी राइट हो जाता है . yahā̃ left bhī right hō jātā hai . yahā̃ left|leave bhī[p.] right hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . here (x) too right be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

412You are not the left hands, are you? 413Here, even the left becomes right.

285लेफ्ट को लेफ्ट नहीं कहेंगे , सर्व साथी कहेंगे . left kō left nahī̃ kahē̃gē , sarv sāthī kahē̃gē . left|leave kō[postp.] left|leave nahī̃[neg] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , sarv[adj.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . (x) to (x) not say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , all companion say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

414The left is not called the left, but a companion of everyone.

286अच्छा  ! achchhā  ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]  ! achcha  !

415Achcha.

287चारों ओर से आये हैं . chārō̃ ōr sē āyē haĩ . chārō̃ ōr[x] sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . everywhere from come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . 288एक हैं भारत की सेवा के निमित्त सभी जोन . ēk haĩ bhārat kī|key sēvā kē nimitt sabhī zone . ēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē nimitt[x] sab[adv.hī] zone . one be[pres.pl.12hon3] Bharat (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) service x all zone .

416Souls from all four directions have come and if their names were to be mentioned, there would be many names.

289तो भारत के सेवाधारी बच्चों को बापदादा सेवा की मुबारक भी देते हैं और साथ ­ साथ सदा सपूत और सबूत देने वाले बच्चों को विशेष दिव्य गुणों की ज्वेलरी गिफ्ट में दे रहे हैं . tō bhārat kē|K sēvādhārī bachchō̃ kō bāpdādā sēvā kī|key mubārak bhī dētē haĩ aur sāth ­ sāth sadā sapūt aur sabūt dēnē vālē bachchō̃ kō viśhēṣh divya guṇō̃ kī|key jvēlarī gift mē̃ dē rahē haĩ . tō bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] ­ sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā sapūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur sabūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] divya[adj.] guṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key x gift mē̃[postp.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then Bharat (of|K) server child to BapDada service (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) congratulations too give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and with ­ with constantly worthy and x give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who child to special divine virtue (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x gift in give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

417This is why you have been given a double chance. 418This group has received a double chance. 419One are all the zones that are instrumental for serving Bharat. 420So BapDada is giving a special blessing, or call it love, to all the zones of Bharat.

290सपूत की निशानी है सबूत देना अर्थात् प्रत्यक्ष प्रमाण दिखाना . sapūt kī|key niśhānī hai sabūt dēnā arthāt pratyakṣha pramāṇ dikhānā . sapūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sabūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt pratyakṣh[adj.] pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . worthy (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) sign be[pres.sg.23] x give[inf.m.sg.d.] that is visible (under) x[inf.m.sg.d.] .

421A blessing is also a form of love. 422So BapDada gives congratulations for service to the sevadhari children.

291तो सपूत बच्चे अपना ­ अपना सबूत अर्थात् सेवा के फल का प्रमाण दिखा रहे हैं और आगे भी दिखाते रहेंगे . tō sapūt bachchē apnā ­ apnā sabūt arthāt sēvā kē|K phal kā pramāṇ dikhā rahē haĩ aur āgē bhī dikhātē rahē̃gē . tō sapūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] ­ apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] sabūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ dikhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur āgē bhī[p.] dikhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . then worthy child (one’s own|adopt[root]) ­ (one’s own|adopt[root]) x that is service (of|K) fruit of (under) x[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and previously too x[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .

423Together with this, constantly be worthy, that is, give the proof. 424The sign of being worthy is to give the proof, that is, to give a practical example.

292इसके लिये जो सपूत बच्चे होते हैं उन्हों को बापदादा , माँ सदा बढ़िया ते बढ़िया श्रृंगार करते हैं , सजाते हैं . iskē liyē jō sapūt bachchē hōtē haĩ unhō̃ kō bāpdādā , mā̃ sadā baṛhiyā tē baṛhiyā śhrr̥iṅgār kartē haĩ , sajātē haĩ . yah[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] jō[pn.;d.] sapūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā , mā̃[n.f.;sg.] sadā baṛhiyā[adj.] sē baṛhiyā[adj.] śhrr̥iṅgār karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , sajānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . this[.kē] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] that worthy child be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that to BapDada , mother constantly x from x decorate[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , decorate[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

425This is known as the proof, an example. 426So the worthy children are giving their own proof, that is, according to the fruit of service, they are showing it and will continue to do so.

293जो अच्छा बच्चा लगता है उसको सदा बढ़िया चीज़ देते हैं . jō achchhā bachchā lagtā hai uskō sadā baṛhiyā chīz dētē haĩ . jō[pn.;d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.kō] sadā baṛhiyā[adj.] chīz[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . that achcha child x[pres.sg.m.23] that[.kō] constantly x thing give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

427For this, BapDada, the Mother, constantly gives the best decoration to the worthy children.

294तो यहाँ तो सभी एक ­ दो से बढ़िया हो . tō yahā̃ tō sabhī ēk ­ dō sē baṛhiyā hō . tō yahā̃ tō sab[adv.hī] ēk[adj.] ­ dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] sē[postp.] baṛhiyā[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then here then all one ­ (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) from x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

428They constantly give something beautiful to those who they find to be a good child.

295इसलिए बापदादा ऐसे सपूत और सबूत देने वाले बच्चों को विशेष दिव्य गुणों की ज्वेलरी गिफ्ट में दे रहे हैं . isliē bāpdādā aisē sapūt aur sabūt dēnē vālē bachchō̃ kō viśhēṣh divya guṇō̃ kī|key jvēlarī gift mē̃ dē rahē haĩ . isliē bāpdādā aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sapūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur sabūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] divya[adj.] guṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key x gift mē̃[postp.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . therefore BapDada such worthy and x give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who child to special divine virtue (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x gift in give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

429But here, each of you is more beautiful than the next. 430So BapDada is especially giving a gift of jewelry of the divine virtues to the worthy children who give the proof.

296तो ये गिफ्ट सम्भाल के रखना . tō yē gift sambhāl kē|K rakhnā . tō yah[pn.pl.d.] gift sambhālnā[root]|sambhāl[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then this gift (be careful[root]|x) (of|K) keep[inf.m.sg.d.] .

431So look after your gift.

297कानों में भी पहनना और मस्तक पर भी पहनना , सिर पर ताज पहनना , उतारना नहीं . kānō̃ mē̃ bhī pahannā aur mastak par bhī pahannā , sir par tāj pahannā , utārnā nahī̃ . kān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] pahannā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur mastak[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] bhī[p.] pahannā[inf.m.sg.d.] , sir[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahannā[inf.m.sg.d.] , utārnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . ear in too x[inf.m.sg.d.] and forehead (at|other) too x[inf.m.sg.d.] , x (at|other) crown x[inf.m.sg.d.] , x[inf.m.sg.d.] not .

432Wear it in your ears, wear it on your head; put the crown on your head. 433Do not take it off.

298माया को चोरी करने नहीं देना . māyā kō chōrī karnē nahī̃ dēnā . māyā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] chōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . Maya to stealing do[inf.m.pl.,o.] not give[inf.m.sg.d.] .

434Do not let Maya steal it from you.

299माया को भी पता पड़ रहा है कि इन्हों को गिफ्ट मिल रही है . māyā kō bhī patā paṛ rahā hai ki inhō̃ kō gift mil rahī hai . māyā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ki[conj.] yah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] gift milnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . Maya to too knowledge fall[pres.sg.m.prog.23] that this to gift receive[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .

435Maya also knows that you are receiving a gift. 436So you have a double lock, do you not?

300तो डबल लॉक है ना  ? tō double lock hai nā  ? tō double lock hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ? then double x be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ?

437Do you have a double lock or a single lock?

301याद और सेवा दोनों के बैलेन्स में सदा रहना अर्थात् डबल लॉक लगाना . yād aur sēvā dōnō̃ kē|K balance mē̃ sadā rahnā arthāt double lock lagānā . yād[n.f.;sg.] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] dōnō̃ kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K balance mē̃[postp.] sadā rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt double lock lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . remembrance and service x (of|K) balance in constantly remain[inf.m.sg.d.] that is double x attach[inf.m.sg.d.] .

438Constantly keep the balance of remembrance and service, that is, put on a double lock.

302तो सभी के पास डबल लॉक है या एक लॉक है एक ढीला है  ? tō sabhī kē pās double lock hai yā ēk lock hai ēk ḍhīlā hai  ? tō sab[adv.hī] kē pās[x] double lock hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā ēk[adj.] lock hōnā[pres.sg.23] ēk[adj.] ḍhīlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? then all to double x be[pres.sg.23] or one x be[pres.sg.23] one x be[pres.sg.23]  ?

439Do all of you have a double lock or do you have a single lock and the other one is loose? 440Do all of you have a lock.

303देखना चाबी तो नहीं खो गई है . dēkhnā chābī tō nahī̃ khō gaī hai . dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō nahī̃[neg] khōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . see[inf.m.sg.d.] key then not lose[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .

441Just be careful that you do not lose the key.

304आप समझो चाबी बहुत सम्भाल के रखी है लेकिन जब आवश्यकता हो तो दिखाई न दे , ऐसे तो नहीं  ? āp samjhō chābī bahut sambhāl kē|K rakhī hai lēkin jab āvaśhyaktā hō tō dikhāī na dē , aisē tō nahī̃  ? āp[pn.pl.] samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahut sambhālnā[root]|sambhāl[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] lēkin jab āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō dikhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|dikhānā[past-part.f.] na[neg] dēnā[opt.sg.23]|dēnā[root] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō nahī̃[neg]  ? you understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] key very (be careful[root]|x) (of|K) keep[pres-perf.sg.f.23] but when need (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then (x|x[past-part.f.]) not (give[opt.sg.23]|give[root]) , such then not  ?

442You may think that you have kept it somewhere safe, but when you need it, you are not able to find it. 443It is not like this, is it?

305अच्छे हैं  ! achchhē haĩ  ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ! achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3]  !

444You are good.

306 ( बापदादा ने सभी जोन्स के भाई ­ बहिनों से से हाथ उठवाये ) ( bāpdādā nē sabhī jōnsa kē|K bhāī ­ bahinō̃ sē sē hāth uṭhvāyē ) ( bāpdādā nē[postp.] sab[adv.hī] x kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] ­ bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] sē[postp.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhvānā[opt.sg.23] ) ( BapDada ∅ all x (of|K) (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) ­ x from from hand make raise[opt.sg.23] )

445(BapDada made all the brothers and sisters of each zone raise their hands, turn by turn.)

307दिल्ली - चाबी सम्भाल के रखना . dillī - chābī sambhāl kē|K rakhnā . dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] - chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sambhālnā[root]|sambhāl[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . Delhi - key (be careful[root]|x) (of|K) keep[inf.m.sg.d.] .

446Delhi:There are fewer Pandavs and more Shaktis.

308माया बिल्ली नहीं आ जाये दिल्ली में  ! māyā billī nahī̃ ā jāyē dillī mē̃  ! māyā[n.f.;sg.] billī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.]  ! Maya cat not come[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] Delhi in  !

447They are equal. 448Achcha. 449Put the key safely away.

309दिल्ली वाले क्या करेंगे  ? dillī vālē kyā karē̃gē  ? dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? Delhi those who what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? 310बड़े ­ बड़े माइक लाना , छोटे नहीं . baṛē ­ baṛē mike lānā , chhōṭē nahī̃ . baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ­ baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mike lānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] . very ­ very mike x[inf.m.sg.d.] , small not .

450Make sure Maya, the cat (billi), does not come into Delhi. 451What will those from Delhi do?

311क्योंकि दिल्ली का आवाज सहज चारों ओर फैलता है . kyōṅki dillī kā āvāj sahaj chārō̃ ōr phailtā hai . kyōṅki dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] sahaj[adj.] chārō̃ ōr[x] phailnā[pres.sg.m.23] . because Delhi of noise easy everywhere spread[pres.sg.m.23] .

452Bring big mikes, not small ones, because the sound from Delhi spreads in all four directions easily.

312दिल्ली की न्यूज इन्टरनेशनल न्यूज होती है . dillī kī|key news international news hōtī hai . dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key news international news hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . Delhi (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) news international news be[pres.sg.f.23] . 313इसलिये दिल्ली वालों को एक माइक नहीं , माइक का ग्रुप लाना है . isliyē dillī vālō̃ kō ēk mike nahī̃ , mike kā group lānā hai . isliē dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] ēk[adj.] mike nahī̃[neg] , mike kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group lānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . therefore Delhi those who to one mike not , mike of group x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

453The news of Delhi becomes international news, and this is why those from Delhi must not just bring one mike, but they have to bring many mikes.

314झण्डा लहराना है . jhaṇḍā laharānā hai . jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] laharānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . flag hoist[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

454The flag has to be hoisted.

315दिल्ली में राज्य का झण्डा लहरायेंगे तो राज्य के फ्लैग के पहले सेवा का फ्लैग . dillī mē̃ rājya kā jhaṇḍā laharāyēṅgē tō rājya kē|K flag kē|K pahlē sēvā kā flag . dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] laharānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K flag kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] flag . Delhi in kingdom of flag hoist[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then kingdom (of|K) flag (of|K) (x|firstly) service of flag .

455If you hoist the flag of the kingdom in Delhi, then before the flag of the kingdom, you have to have the flag of service.

316तो एक माइक नहीं लाना , झुण्ड लाना . tō ēk mike nahī̃ lānā , jhuṇḍ lānā . tō ēk[adj.] mike nahī̃[neg] lānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , jhuṇḍ[n.m.;sg.,d.] lānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then one mike not x[inf.m.sg.d.] , swarm x[inf.m.sg.d.] .

456So, teachers from Delhi, raise your hands. 457You want to do this, do you not?

317एक का आवाज चारों ओर नहीं फैलता फैलता . ēk kā āvāj chārō̃ ōr nahī̃ phailtā phailtā . ēk[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] chārō̃ ōr[x] nahī̃[neg] phailnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] phailnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . one of noise everywhere not spread[pres-part.m.sg.d.] spread[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

458Say Ha ji. 459Do not bring just one mike and think that the President has come.

318संगठन में आते हैं तो सबकी नजर जाती है . saṅgaṭhan mē̃ ātē haĩ tō sabkī najar jātī hai . saṅgaṭhan[x] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nazar[n.f.;sg.] jānā[pres.sg.f.23] . gathering in come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then everyone's glance go[pres.sg.f.23] .

460No, bring a whole group. 461Nowadays, one sound alone does not spread in all four directions.

319पंजाब , हरियाणा , हिमाचल , जम्मू - पंजाब तो है ही शेर , शेर के आगे बिल्ली क्या आयेगी  ! pañjāb , hariyāṇā , himācal , jammū - pañjāb tō hai hī śhēr , śhēr kē āgē billī kyā āyēgī  ! pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] , hariyāṇā , x , x - pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] śhēr[n.m.;sg.,d.] , śhēr[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē āgē[x] billī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kyā ānā[fut.f.sg.23]  ! Punjab , x , x , x - Punjab then be[pres.sg.23] only lion , lion in front of cat what come[fut.f.sg.23]  ! 320पंजाब शेर है ना  ! pañjāb śhēr hai nā  ! pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhēr[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! Punjab lion be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

462When they come in a gathering, everyone's vision will be drawn. 463Punjab, Hariyana, Himachal and Jammu Kashmir:Punjab is a lion, and so how can a cat come to a lion?

321बंगाल , बिहार , उड़ीसा , नेपाल , आसाम - ये पांच नदियाँइकट्ठी हैं . baṅgāl , bihār , uṛīsā , nēpāl , āsām - yē pāñch nadiyā̃ikaṭṭhī haĩ . baṅgāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] , bihār[n.m.;sg.,d.] , uṛīsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , nēpāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] , x - yah[pn.pl.d.] pañch[adj.] x hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . Bengal , Bihar , Orrisa , x , x - this five x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

464Punjab is a lioness, is it not? 465Bengal, Bihar, Nepal, Orissa and Assam:These five rivers are together.

322अच्छा है , पांचों का मिलन है . achchhā hai , pāñchō̃ kā milan hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , pāñchō̃[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , x of meeting be[pres.sg.23] .

466It is good that there is a meeting of the five.

323सबसे पहले बंगाल में सूर्योदय होता है तो माया का अंधकार तो आ नहीं सकता . sabsē pahlē baṅgāl mē̃ sūryōday hōtā hai tō māyā kā andhkār tō ā nahī̃ saktā . sabsē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] baṅgāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] x hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] andhkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō ānā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . the most (x|firstly) Bengal in x be[pres.sg.m.23] then Maya of darkness then come[root] not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

467So, Bengal and Bihar: And so, the sun first rises in Bengal; therefore the darkness of Maya cannot come. 468Can it come?

324अच्छा है अभी थोड़ी और संख्या को बढ़ाओ . achchhā hai abhī thōṛī aur saṅkhyā kō baṛhāō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ab[adv.hī] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] aur saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] now short and x to increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

469No. 470It has finished. 471It is good. 472Now increase the numbers a little.

325कोई वारिस निकालो , पांच प्रदेश हैं , तो पांचों प्रदेशों से अच्छे से अच्छे वारिसों को स्टेज पर लाओ . kōī vāris nikālō , pāñch pradēśh haĩ , tō pāñchō̃ pradēśō̃ sē achchhē sē achchhē vārisō̃ kō stage par lāō . kōī[pn.;d.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , pañch[adj.] pradēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , tō pāñchō̃[adj.] x sē[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vāris[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] stage par[postp.]|par[adj.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . some heir x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , five x be[pres.pl.12hon3] , then x x from achcha from achcha heir to stage (at|other) x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

473Bring an heir. 474Bengal and Bihar are included with the five cities. 475Bring the best heirs of all from all the five cities.

326अगर गुप्त हैं तो स्टेज पर लाओ . agar gupta haĩ tō stage par lāō . agar gupt[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō stage par[postp.]|par[adj.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . if incognito be[pres.pl.12hon3] then stage (at|other) x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

476If they are incognito, bring them onto the stage.

327अगर नहीं हैं तो निकालो . agar nahī̃ haĩ tō nikālō . agar nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . if not be[pres.pl.12hon3] then x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

477If there aren't any, then find them.

328दूसरे सीजन में सबसे ज्यादा संख्या इन पांच नदियों की होनी चाहिये . dūsrē season mē̃ sabsē jyādā saṅkhyā in pāñch nadiyō̃ kī|key hōnī chāhiyē . dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] season mē̃[postp.] sabsē jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] in|yah[pn.pl.o.] pañch[adj.] nadī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key hōnā[.oblig3] . other season in the most more x (in|this) five river (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) be[.oblig3] .

478In the next season, the greatest number should be of these five rivers. 479Do you understand?

329समझा  ? samjhā  ? samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|samjhānā[root]  ? (understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]|explain[root])  ?

480U.P.

330यू . पी . , बनारस - यू . पी . बनारस क्या करेंगे  ? U|you . P|pī . , banāras - U|you . P|pī . banāras kyā karē̃gē  ? U|you . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . , banāras[n.f.;sg.] - U|you . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . banāras[n.f.;sg.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? (U.|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . , Benares - (U.|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . Benares what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

481Banaras: What will U.P. and Banaras do? 482There are many bhagats in U.P.

331भक्त तो ज्यादा यू . पी . में हैं . bhakta tō jyādā U|you . P|pī . mē̃ haĩ . bhakt[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] U|you . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . devotee then more (U.|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . in be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 332तो भक्तों का जल्दी ­ जल्दी कल्याण करो , बिचारे भटकते रहते हैं . tō bhaktō̃ kā jaldī ­ jaldī kalyāṇ karō , bichārē bhaṭaktē rahtē haĩ . tō bhakt[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jaldī ­ jaldī kalyāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , bichārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhaṭaknā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . then devotee of very quickly ­ very quickly benefit do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , poor people wander around[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .

483Bring benefit to those poor bhagats who are stumbling around and wandering; they go sometimes to the Kumbha mela, sometimes to a mela, sometimes to the temples, sometimes to other places.

333कभी कुम्भ के मेले में , कभी किसी मेले में , कभी मन्दिरों में तो कभी कहाँ , भटकने वाले भक्तों को बाप का परिचय देकर मधुबन तक पहुँचाओ . kabhī kumbha kē|K mēlē mē̃ , kabhī kisī mēlē mē̃ , kabhī mandirō̃ mē̃ tō kabhī kahā̃ , bhaṭaknē vālē bhaktō̃ kō bāp kā parichay dēkar madhuban tak pahuñchāō . kabhī[adv.] kumbh[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mēlā[x] mē̃[postp.] , kabhī[adv.] kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] mēlā[x] mē̃[postp.] , kabhī[adv.] mandir[x] mē̃[postp.] tō kabhī[adv.] kahā̃ , bhaṭaknā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhakt[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parichay[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[abs.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] tak pahuñchānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . ever kumbh (of|K) fair in , ever (some|anything) fair in , ever temple in then ever where , wander around[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who devotee to father of introduction give[abs.] Madhuban until cause to reach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

484But now give the Father's introduction to those stumbling bhagats, and bring them to Madhuban. 485Do you understand? 486Teachers of U.P., raise your hands. 487Very few have come.

334समझा  ? samjhā  ? samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|samjhānā[root]  ? (understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]|explain[root])  ? 335राजस्थान - राजस्थान क्या करेगा  ? rājasthān - rājasthān kyā karēgā  ? rājasthān - rājasthān kyā karnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? x - x what do[fut.m.sg.23]  ?

488At present, the mela has the attraction for the everyone.

336राजाओं को फिर से राज्य ­ भाग्य के अधिकारी बनाओ . rājāō̃ kō phir sē rājya ­ bhāgya kē|K adhikārī banāō . rājā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] phir sē[x] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] ­ bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . king to again kingdom ­ x (of|K) (one) who has a right create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

489Achcha. 490(BapDada met all the teachers from the different zones and had them raise their hands.)

337जब नाम ही राजस्थान है तो कितने राजायें होंगे . jab nām hī rājasthān hai tō kitnē rājāyē̃ hōṅgē . jab nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] rājasthān hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rājā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . when name only x be[pres.sg.23] then so king be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

491Rajasthan: What will Rajasthan do? 492Make the kings into those who have a right to the fortune of the kingdom once again.

338अब राजायें नहीं हैं , लेकिन राजायें बना तो सकते हो ना . ab rājāyē̃ nahī̃ haĩ , lēkin rājāyē̃ banā tō saktē hō nā . ab[adv.] rājā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , lēkin rājā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] banānā[root]|bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō saknā[pres.pl.m.2] nā . now king not be[pres.pl.12hon3] , but king (create[root]|become[past-part.m.sg.d.]) then can[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ .

493Since it is called Rajasthan, how many kings will there be here? 494At present, there are no kings, but you can create kings.

339कितनी दुआयें देंगे कि हमको फिर से राज्य अधिकारी बनाया  ! kitnī duāyē̃ dēgē ki hamkō phir sē rājya adhikārī banāyā  ! kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kō] phir sē[x] rājya adhikārī[x] banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ! so blessing give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that we[.kō] again master create[past-part.m.sg.d.]  !

495How many blessings would they give you because you made them into those who have a right to the kingdom?

340तो हिम्मत है ना  ? tō himmat hai nā  ? tō himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ? then courage be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ?

496So, you have this courage, do you not?

341राजस्थान , ऐसा ग्रुप तैयार करो जो सारे राजायें , राज्य अधिकार की खुशी में मधुबन की स्टेज पर डांस करे . rājasthān , aisā group taiyār karō jō sārē rājāyē̃ , rājya adhikār kī|key khuśhī mē̃ madhuban kī|key stage par dance karē . rājasthān , aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rājā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] adhikār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key stage par[postp.]|par[adj.] dance karnā[opt.sg.23] . x , such group x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that the whole king , kingdom right (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) happiness in Madhuban (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) stage (at|other) dance do[opt.sg.23] .

497Rajasthan, prepare such a group of kings that they all happily perform a dance here in the happiness of receiving their right to the fortune of the kingdom; so that they dance on the stage of Madhuban.

342बाम्बे , महाराष्ट्र - महाराष्ट्र की धरनी तो बहुत अच्छी है , उसकी मुबारक है . bāmbē , mahārāṣhṭra - mahārāṣhṭra kī|key dharnī tō bahut achchhī hai , uskī mubārak hai . bāmbē , mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] - mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key dharnā[inf.f.]|dharnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.kī] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Bombay , Maharashtra - Maharashtra (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) (adopt[inf.f.]|earth) then very achcha be[pres.sg.23] , that[.kī] congratulations be[pres.sg.23] .

498Bombay and Maharashtra:The land of Maharashtra is very good. 499Congratulations for this, but what do you have to do now?

343लेकिन अभी बाम्बे वा महाराष्ट्र एक वारिस क्वालिटी का ग्रुप तैयार करो . lēkin abhī bāmbē vā mahārāṣhṭra ēk vāris quality kā group taiyār karō . lēkin ab[adv.hī] bāmbē vā mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] quality kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . but now Bombay or Maharashtra one heir x of group x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

500You have congratulations for this one thing already. 501However, in the future, Bombay and Maharashtra should create a group of heirs, a group of heir­quality souls.

344जैसे वो राजाओं का ग्रुप लायेंगे तो महाराष्ट्र वा बाम्बे वारिसों का ग्रुप लाये . jaisē vō rājāō̃ kā group lāyēṅgē tō mahārāṣhṭra vā bāmbē vārisō̃ kā group lāyē . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vah[pn.;d.] rājā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group lānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] vā bāmbē vāris[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group lānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . like that king of group x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then Maharashtra or Bombay heir of group x[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .

502Just as they will bring a group of kings, so too, Maharashtra and Bombay should also bring a group of heirs.

345ला सकते हैं  ? lā saktē haĩ  ? lānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā]  ? x[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā]  ?

503Can you bring them?

346देखेंगे दूसरे सीजन में वारिसों का गुलदस्ता आयेगा . dēkhē̃gē dūsrē season mē̃ vārisō̃ kā guldastā āyēgā . dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] season mē̃[postp.] vāris[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] guldastā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] . see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] other season in heir of bouquet come[fut.m.sg.23] .

504We shall see that in the next season you will bring a bouquet of heirs.

347अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

505Achcha.

348गुजरात - वो तो चुल पर और दिल पर है . gujarāt - vō tō cul par aur dil par hai . gujarāt - vah[pn.;d.] tō x par[postp.]|par[adj.] aur dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Gujarat - that then x (at|other) and heart (at|other) be[pres.sg.23] .

506Gujarat:They are at the cooking fire and in the heart.

349चुल पर है तभी देखो रोटी अच्छी बनाते हैं ना  ! cul par hai tabhī dēkhō rōṭī achchhī banātē haĩ nā  ! x par[postp.]|par[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tabhī dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] rōṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā  ! x (at|other) be[pres.sg.23] x see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] roti achcha create[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅  !

507It is because they are at the cooking fire that they make good chapatis.

350तो दिल के चुल पर हैं और साथ ­ साथ हिम्मत की मुबारक तो बापदादा सदा ही गुजरात को देते हैं . tō dil kē|K cul par haĩ aur sāth ­ sāth himmat kī|key mubārak tō bāpdādā sadā hī gujarāt kō dētē haĩ . tō dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K x par[postp.]|par[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] ­ sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] tō bāpdādā sadā hī[p.] gujarāt kō[postp.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then heart (of|K) x (at|other) be[pres.pl.12hon3] and with ­ with courage (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) congratulations then BapDada constantly only Gujarat to give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 351गुजरात वारिस बना सकता है . gujarāt vāris banā saktā hai . gujarāt vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . Gujarat heir create[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] .

508Whose chapatis are better than those of Gujarat? 509You make very good chapatis. 510So you are at the fire of the heart, and together with this, BapDada constantly gives congratulations to Gujarat for their courage.

352गुजरात में वारिस क्वालिटी निकल सकती है . gujarāt mē̃ vāris quality nikal saktī hai . gujarāt mē̃[postp.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] quality nikalnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] . Gujarat in heir x be extracted[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] .

511Gujarat can create heirs. 512Heir quality can emerge from Gujarat.

353जैसे बाम्बे वारिस क्वालिटी का ग्रुप बनायेंगे आप महावारिस का ग्रुप बनाओ . jaisē bāmbē vāris quality kā group banāyēṅgē āp mahāvāris kā group banāō . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāmbē vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] quality kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] āp[pn.pl.] x kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . like Bombay heir x of group create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] you x of group create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

513Just as Bombay will create a group of heirs, so too, you have to create a group of great heirs. 514You are good, the land is good.

354धरनी अच्छी है . dharnī achchhī hai . dharnā[inf.f.]|dharnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (adopt[inf.f.]|earth) achcha be[pres.sg.23] . 355अभी क्वान्टिटी में ज्यादा लग गये हैं , पहले ­ पहले कुछ वारिस निकले , अभी क्वान्टिटी में क्वालिटी छिप गई हैं . abhī quantity mē̃ jyādā lag gayē haĩ , pahlē ­ pahlē kuchh vāris nikalē , abhī quantity mē̃ quality chhip gaī haĩ . ab[adv.hī] quantity mē̃[postp.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] ­ pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] kuchh vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikalnā[opt.sg.23]|nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , ab[adv.hī] quantity mē̃[postp.] quality chhipnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] . now quantity in more x[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , (x|firstly) ­ (x|firstly) anything heir (be extracted[opt.sg.23]|be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , now quantity in x secretly[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] .

515What has happened now is that you have become busy with quantity. 516Previously, a few heirs emerged, and now the quality is hidden in the quantity. 517If you mention their names, they then appear again.

356नाम लेते हैं तो दिखाई देते हैं , इसलिये अभी फिर से वारिस क्वालिटी निकालो . nām lētē haĩ tō dikhāī dētē haĩ , isliyē abhī phir sē vāris quality nikālō . nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō dikhāī dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , isliē ab[adv.hī] phir sē[x] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] quality nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . name take[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then be visible , therefore now again heir x x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

518And so, now, once again, bring that heir­quality. 519One heir is equal to the quantity of thousands. 520Do you understand?

357एक वारिस हजारों क्वान्टिटी के बरोबर है . ēk vāris hajārō̃ quantity kē|K barōbar hai . ēk[adj.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] hazār[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] quantity kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K barōbar hōnā[pres.sg.23] . one heir 1000 quantity (of|K) x be[pres.sg.23] .

521What will Gujarat do? 522You will bring the great heirs, will you not?

358समझा गुजरात क्या करेगा  ? samjhā gujarāt kyā karēgā  ? samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|samjhānā[root] gujarāt kyā karnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? (understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]|explain[root]) Gujarat what do[fut.m.sg.23]  ?

523You will claim number one, will you not?

359महावारिस लायेंगे , वन नम्बर लेंगे ना  ! mahāvāris lāyēṅgē , one number lē̃gē nā  ! x lānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , one number lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā  ! x x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , one number take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅  !

524All of you must claim number one. 525No one should claim number two.

360सभी नम्बरवन लेना , टू कोई नहीं लेना . sabhī number one lēnā , to|two|too kōī nahī̃ lēnā . sab[adv.hī] number one lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , to|two|too kōī[pn.;d.] nahī̃[neg] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . all number one take[inf.m.sg.d.] , (to|two|too) some not take[inf.m.sg.d.] .

526There is no need for a list; everything will be practically visible. 527Nothing will remain hidden.

361तामिलनाडु - तामिल वाले कौन ­ सा ग्रुप लायेंगे  ? tāmilnāḍu - tāmil vālē kaun ­ sā group lāyēṅgē  ? x - x vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kaun[pn.;d.] ­ sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group lānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? x - x those who who ­ x group x[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

528Tamil Nadu:Achcha, there are more Pandavs in this. 529So what is Tamil doing?

362तामिल में स्थूल नॉलेजफुल क्वालिटी बहुत अच्छी है . tāmil mē̃ sthūl knowledgeful quality bahut achchhī hai . x mē̃[postp.] sthūl[adj.] knowledgeful quality bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x in physical knowledgeful x very achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

530What group will you bring? 531In Tamil, the quality of those who have knowledge of physical things is very good.

363तो जो नॉलेज की अथॉरिटी कहलाई जाती है ऐसे अथॉरिटी वालों का ग्रुप तैयार करके लाना . tō jō knowledge kī|key authority kahlāī jātī hai aisē authority vālō̃ kā group taiyār karkē lānā . tō jō[pn.;d.] knowledge kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key authority kahlānā[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+jānā]|kahlānā[pres.sg.f.23.passive] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] authority vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group taiyār[adj.] karnā[abs.] lānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then that knowledge (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) authority (call[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+jānā]|call[pres.sg.f.23.passive]) such authority those who of group x do[abs.] x[inf.m.sg.d.] .

532So, prepare a group of those who are said to be the knowledge­full ones, those who have the authority of knowledge of physical things, and bring them here.

364हिम्मत है ना  ? himmat hai nā  ? himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ? courage be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ?

533You have this courage, do you not?

365सारा ग्रुप नॉलेज के अथॉरिटी वाले हो . sārā group knowledge kē|K authority vālē hō . sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group knowledge kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K authority vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . the whole group knowledge (of|K) authority those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

534Teachers from Tamil, raise your hands. 535Do you have this courage?

366ये भी छोटे ­ छोटे माइक हो जाते हैं . yē bhī chhōṭē ­ chhōṭē mike hō jātē haĩ . yah[pn.pl.d.] bhī[p.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ­ chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mike hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . this too small ­ small mike be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .

536The entire group is of those who have the authority of knowledge.

367कर्नाटक - कर्नाटक वाले कौन ­ सा ग्रुप लायेंगे  ? karnāṭak - karnāṭak vālē kaun ­ sā group lāyēṅgē  ? karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] - karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kaun[pn.;d.] ­ sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group lānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? Karnataka - Karnataka those who who ­ x group x[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

537These then are the little mikes, and those from Delhi are the big mikes.

368ज्ञान का नाटक करने वाले . gyān kā nāṭak karnē vālē . gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . knowledge of play do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .

538Karnataka:There are many from Karnataka. 539Achcha.

369वहाँ जो भी धर्म के निमित्त , धर्म आत्मायें सम्बन्ध ­ सम्पर्क में हैं उन्हें बच्चों के रूप में ग्रुप बनाकर लेकर आयें . vahā̃ jō bhī dharm kē nimitt , dharm ātmāyē̃ sambandh ­ samparka mē̃ haĩ unhē̃ bachchō̃ kē|K rūp mē̃ group banākar lēkar āyē̃ . vahā̃ jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē nimitt[x] , dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] ­ sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.kō] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] group banānā[abs.] lēnā[abs.] ānā[opt.pl.12hon3] . there that too religion x , religion soul relationship ­ x in be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.kō] child (of|K) Rup in group create[abs.] take[abs.] come[opt.pl.12hon3] .

540Has Karnataka been given a larger allocation? 541The vision is placed on Karnataka a lot more. 542It is good. 543What group will those from Karnataka bring?

370धर्म नेता बनकर नहीं आवे , चांदी की कुर्सा चाहिये , वो चाहिये … नहीं . dharm nētā bankar nahī̃ āvē , chāndī kī|key kursā chāhiyē , vō chāhiyē … nahī̃ . dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] nētā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[abs.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[opt.sg.23] , chāndī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key x chāhiē , vah[pn.;d.] chāhiē … nahī̃[neg] . religion founder become[abs.] not come[opt.sg.23] , silver (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x should , that should … not .

544They will bring those who perform a play, those who perform a play about knowledge (natak = drama).

371लेकिन धर्म नेताएं बच्चे बनकर आयें . lēkin dharm nētāē̃ bachchē bankar āyē̃ . lēkin dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] x bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bannā[abs.] ānā[opt.pl.12hon3] . but religion x child become[abs.] come[opt.pl.12hon3] . 372तो जैसे राज्य अधिकारियों द्वारा नाम बाला होता है वैसे धर्म नेताओं द्वारा भी , ये भी बड़े माइक हैं , तो ऐसा ग्रुप लाओ . tō jaisē rājya adhikāriyō̃ dvārā nām bālā hōtā hai vaisē dharm nētāō̃ dvārā bhī , yē bhī baṛē mike haĩ , tō aisā group lāō . tō jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] adhikārī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] dvārā nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] bālā[x] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] nētā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] dvārā bhī[p.] , yah[pn.pl.d.] bhī[p.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mike hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , tō aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then like kingdom (one) who has a right through name x be[pres.sg.m.23] x religion founder through too , this too very mike be[pres.pl.12hon3] , then such group x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

545So, those from Karnataka have to bring a group of all those who are from the other religions in contact and relationship with them; bring the religious leaders as children. 546They should not come here as religious leaders wanting a silver throne etc., but the religious leaders should come as children.

373एक धर्म आत्मा नहीं लाना , संगठन में लाना . ēk dharm ātmā nahī̃ lānā , saṅgaṭhan mē̃ lānā . ēk[adj.] dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] lānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , saṅgaṭhan[x] mē̃[postp.] lānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . one religion soul not x[inf.m.sg.d.] , gathering in x[inf.m.sg.d.] . 374धर्म नेताओं को सम्भाल सकेंगे कि वो आपस में ही लड़ेंगे  ? dharm nētāō̃ kō sambhāl sakē̃gē ki vō āpas mē̃ hī laṛē̃gē  ? dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] nētā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sambhālnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] ki[conj.] vah[pn.;d.] āpas mē̃[x] hī[p.] laṛnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? religion founder to be careful[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] that that with each other only fight[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

547Therefore, just as the name is glorified through those who have a right to the kingdom, in the same way, the religious leaders are also big mikes, and so bring such a group.

375नहीं , भावना वाले हैं , चाहे धर्म नेतायें भी हैं फिर भी माताओं में भावना अच्छी है . nahī̃ , bhāvnā vālē haĩ , chāhē dharm nētāyē̃ bhī haĩ phir bhī mātāō̃ mē̃ bhāvnā achchhī hai . nahī̃[neg] , bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] nētā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] phir bhī[x] mātā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . not , feeling those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) religion founder too be[pres.pl.12hon3] nevertheless mother in feeling achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

548Do not bring just one dharamatma, but bring a gathering of them. 549Will you be able to look after the religious leaders or will they fight amongst themselves? 550No.

376इसलिये कनार्टक वाले धर्म नेताओं का नाटक दिखाना . isliyē kanārṭak vālē dharm nētāō̃ kā nāṭak dikhānā . isliē karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] nētā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . therefore Karnataka those who religion founder of play x[inf.m.sg.d.] . 377अच्छा  ! achchhā  ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]  ! achcha  ! 378आन्ध्र प्रदेश - आन्ध्रा वाले क्या करेंगे  ? āndhra pradēśh - āndhrā vālē kyā karē̃gē  ? āndhra[n.m.;sg.,d.] pradēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] - āndhra pradēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? Andhra x - Andhra Pradesh those who what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

551They have great feeling. 552Even if they are religious leaders, the mothers have good faith and devotion and this is why you saw the play about the religious leaders, did you not?

379आन्ध्रा में भी अच्छे ­ अच्छे पोजीशन वाले हैं और भावना वाले भी हैं इसलिये आन्ध्रा वालों को जो आजकल के नामीग्रामी गाये हुए हैं उन सभी को बाप के घर में पहुँचाओ . āndhrā mē̃ bhī achchhē ­ achchhē position vālē haĩ aur bhāvnā vālē bhī haĩ isliyē āndhrā vālō̃ kō jō ājkal kē|K nāmīgrāmī gāyē huē haĩ un sabhī kō bāp kē|K ghar mē̃ pahuñchāō . āndhra pradēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ­ achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] position vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] isliē āndhra pradēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] ājkal kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K nāmīgrāmī[adj.] gānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pahuñchānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Andhra Pradesh in too achcha ­ achcha position those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] and feeling those who too be[pres.pl.12hon3] therefore Andhra Pradesh those who to that nowadays (of|K) x sing[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that all to father (of|K) home in cause to reach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

553Achcha. 554Andhra Pradesh:What will those from Andhra do? 555There are many there who have a good position and they have good feelings of faith and devotion, and therefore, those from Andhra have to enable the famous people of today to reach Baba's home.

380समझा  ? samjhā  ? samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|samjhānā[root]  ? (understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]|explain[root])  ?

556Do you understand?

381देखेंगे कौन अपना अच्छा ग्रुप लाता है  ? dēkhē̃gē kaun apnā achchhā group lātā hai  ? dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] kaun[pn.;d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group lānā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] who (one’s own|adopt[root]) achcha group x[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

557We will see who brings their own very good group.

382अगले सीजन में सब ग्रुप ­ ग्रुप आयेंगे ना  ! aglē season mē̃ sab group ­ group āyēṅgē nā  ! aglā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] season mē̃[postp.] sab[adj.] group ­ group ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā  ! next season in all group ­ group come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅  ! 383देखेंगे नम्बरवन , टू , थ्री कौन हैं  ? dēkhē̃gē number one , to|two|too , three kaun haĩ  ? dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] number one , to|two|too , three kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] number one , (to|two|too) , three who be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

558Next season, everyone will come group­wise We shall see who has claimed numbers one, two and three.

384तब तो प्रत्यक्षता होगी ना  ! tab tō pratyakṣhatā hōgī nā  ! tab tō pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] nā  ! for only then then revelation be[fut.f.sg.23] ∅  !

559Only then will the revelation take place.

385नहीं तो कैसे होगी  ? nahī̃ tō kaisē hōgī  ? nahī̃ tō[x] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23]  ? otherwise how be[fut.f.sg.23]  ?

560How else would it take place?

386इन्दौर - संख्या तो अच्छी है इन्दौर की . Indore - saṅkhyā tō achchhī hai Indore kī|key . Indore - saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] Indore kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key . Indore - x then achcha be[pres.sg.23] Indore (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) .

561Indore:The numbers of Indore are very good.

387इन्दौर वाले क्या करेंगे  ? Indore vālē kyā karē̃gē  ? Indore vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? Indore those who what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

562What will those from Indore do?

388इन्दौर में भी नामीग्रामी अच्छे हैं , जिसको सेठ लोग कहते हैं ना , तो सेठ लोग बहुत हैं . Indore mē̃ bhī nāmīgrāmī achchhē haĩ , jiskō sēṭh lōg kahtē haĩ nā , tō sēṭh lōg bahut haĩ . Indore mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] nāmīgrāmī[adj.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , jō[pn.sg.kō] sēṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā , tō sēṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . Indore in too x achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] , that[.kō] x people say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ , then x people very be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

563There are very good and famous people in Indore who are known as merchants. 564There are many merchants.

389तो सेठों का ग्रुप लाना . tō sēṭhō̃ kā group lānā . tō x kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group lānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then x of group x[inf.m.sg.d.] .

565So bring a group of those merchants.

390जब सभी सेठों का ग्रुप आयेगा तो कितना अच्छा लगेगा . jab sabhī sēṭhō̃ kā group āyēgā tō kitnā achchhā lagēgā . jab sab[adv.hī] x kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group ānā[fut.m.sg.23] tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchhā lagnā[fut.m.sg.23] . when all x of group come[fut.m.sg.23] then so enjoy .

566How beautiful it will look! 567It will look so beautiful when a group of all the merchants come.

391कोई टोपी वाले , कोई पगड़ी वाले . kōī ṭōpī vālē , kōī pagṛī vālē . kōī[pn.;d.] ṭōpī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , kōī[pn.;d.] pāg, pagṛī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . some cap those who , some position those who .

568Some with their hat and some with their turban.

392इन्दौर वाले क्या समझते हैं  ? Indore vālē kyā samajhtē haĩ  ? Indore vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kyā samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ? Indore those who what understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

569What do those from Indore think?

393बापदादा ने इन्दौर में भेजा ही है सेठों की सेवा के लिये . bāpdādā nē Indore mē̃ bhējā hī hai sēṭhō̃ kī|key sēvā kē|K liyē . bāpdādā nē[postp.] Indore mē̃[postp.] bhējnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] x kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . BapDada ∅ Indore in x[past-part.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] x (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) service (of|K) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .

570BapDada has sent all those from Indore to serve the merchants. 571However, no merchant has emerged as yet.

394लेकिन अभी तक कोई सेठ नहीं आया है . lēkin abhī tak kōī sēṭh nahī̃ āyā hai . lēkin ab[adv.hī] tak kōī[pn.;d.] sēṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . but now until some x not come[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

572You were first sent to the merchants, were you not?

395आप लोगों को पहले सेठ के पास भेजा ना . āp lōgō̃ kō pahlē sēṭh kē pās bhējā nā . āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] sēṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē pās[x] bhējnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā . you people to (x|firstly) x to x[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ .

573However, they have not yet come, have they? 574Where are those from Indore?

396लेकिन वो कहाँ आया है  ? lēkin vō kahā̃ āyā hai  ? lēkin vah[pn.;d.] kahā̃ ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ? but that where come[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ?

575Teachers, raise your hands.

397कितने सेठ आये हैं  ? kitnē sēṭh āyē haĩ  ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sēṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ? so x come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

576How many merchants have come?

398छोटे ­ छोटे बिजनेस वाले नहीं , सेठ लोग . chhōṭē ­ chhōṭē business vālē nahī̃ , sēṭh lōg . chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ­ chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] business vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] , sēṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] . small ­ small business those who not , x people .

577Not those who have a small business, but the big merchants.

399तो एक सेठ आयेगा तो उसके सेवाधारी कितने होते हैं  ! tō ēk sēṭh āyēgā tō uskē sēvādhārī kitnē hōtē haĩ  ! tō ēk[adj.] sēṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] tō uskā[pn.sg.kē] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ! then one x come[fut.m.sg.23] then of that[.kē] server so be[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  !

578When one merchant comes, he has so many servers.

400तो कितने आ जायेंगे  ? tō kitnē ā jāyēṅgē  ? tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā]  ? then so come[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā]  ?

579So how many will come?

401लेकिन अभी साहूकार साहूकार नहीं है , चिन्ता के घर हैं . lēkin abhī sāhūkār sāhūkār nahī̃ hai , chintā kē|K ghar haĩ . lēkin ab[adv.hī] sāhūkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāhūkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , chintā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . but now wealthy wealthy not be[pres.sg.23] , worry (of|K) home be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

580Now, the wealthy ones are not wealthy; they are the houses of worry.

402इसलिये अभी समय बदल रहा है . isliyē abhī samay badal rahā hai . isliē ab[adv.hī] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] badalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . therefore now time change[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .

581This is why the time is now changing.

403अभी वह साहूकारी का नशा नहीं है . abhī vah sāhūkārī kā naśhā nahī̃ hai . ab[adv.hī] vah[pn.sg.d.] sāhūkārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now that x of intoxication not be[pres.sg.23] .

582Now, they do not have that intoxication of their wealth.

404अपने बचने का नशा है . apnē bachnē kā naśhā hai . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . one’s own x[inf.m.pl.,o.] of intoxication be[pres.sg.23] . 405साहूकारी का नहीं . sāhūkārī kā nahī̃ . sāhūkārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . x of not .

583Their intoxication now is to protect themselves, and not of their wealth.

406भोपाल , आगरा - आगरा ने तो अभी काम पूरा नहीं किया है . bhōpāl , āgrā - āgrā nē tō abhī kām pūrā nahī̃ kiyā hai . bhōpāl , āgrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] - āgrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nē[postp.] tō ab[adv.hī] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . Bhopal , Agra - Agra ∅ then now (lust|task) full not do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

584Bhopal, Agra: Agra has not yet finished their work.

407ताजमहल के साथ ज्ञान के ताज का साक्षात्कार हो , अभी वो सोच रहे हैं . tājmahal kē sāth gyān kē|K tāj kā sākṣhātkār hō , abhī vō sōch rahē haĩ . tājmahal[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sākṣhātkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , ab[adv.hī] vah[pn.;d.] sōchnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . Taj Mahal with knowledge (of|K) crown of vision (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , now that think[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

585Together with the Taj Mahal, people should have a vision of the crown of knowledge, and they are now thinking about it.

408अभी पहले आगरा वालों को वो ही करना है . abhī pahlē āgrā vālō̃ kō vō hī karnā hai . ab[adv.hī] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] āgrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] vah[pn.;d.] hī[p.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . now (x|firstly) Agra those who to that only do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

586Those from Agra have to do this first. 587Do you understand?

409समझा  ! samjhā  ! samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|samjhānā[root]  ! (understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]|explain[root])  ! 410पीछे ग्रुप लायेंगे . pīchhē group lāyēṅgē . pīchhē group lānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . x group x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

588You will bring a group later.

411जब स्थान बन जायेगा तो इन्टरनेशनल ग्रुप लायेंगे . jab sthān ban jāyēgā tō international group lāyēṅgē . jab sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] tō international group lānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . when place become[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] then international group x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

589When their place is ready, they will bring an international group. 590Achcha.

412अच्छा , भोपाल वाले क्या करेंगे  ? achchhā , bhōpāl vālē kyā karē̃gē  ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , bhōpāl vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? achcha , Bhopal those who what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

591What will Bhopal do? 592(Increase the numbers and bring mikes.)

413वहाँ छोटे ­ छोटे माइक बहुत हैं . vahā̃ chhōṭē ­ chhōṭē mike bahut haĩ . vahā̃ chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ­ chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mike bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . there small ­ small mike very be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

593There are many small mikes there.

414एडमिय्निस्ट्री के लोग बहुत हैं . ēḍamiynisṭrī kē|K lōg bahut haĩ . x kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K log[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x (of|K) people very be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

594There are many administrators.

415तो छोटे ­ छोटे माइक के ग्रुप भी आवाज फैला सकते हैं . tō chhōṭē ­ chhōṭē mike kē|K group bhī āvāj phailā saktē haĩ . tō chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ­ chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mike kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K group bhī[p.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] phailānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . then small ­ small mike (of|K) group too noise spread[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .

595So, only the group of the small mikes can spread the sound. 596They are very good.

416वहाँ भी ऑफिसर क्वालिटी अच्छी है . vahā̃ bhī officer quality achchhī hai . vahā̃ bhī[p.] officer quality achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . there too officer x achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

597Officer­quality souls there are good.

417तो अच्छे ­ अच्छे सेवा में सहयोगी ऑफिसर्स ग्रुप समीप आने वाले और लायेंगे , लाते हैं लेकिन और समीप लायेंगे . tō achchhē ­ achchhē sēvā mē̃ sahyōgī officers group samīp ānē vālē aur lāyēṅgē , lātē haĩ lēkin aur samīp lāyēṅgē . tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ­ achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sahyōgī[adj.] officer group samīp[adj.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur lānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , lānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin aur samīp[adj.] lānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then achcha ­ achcha service in co-operative officer group close (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) those who and x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but and close x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

598So, the co­ operative officer groups who are to come close will bring many more. 599They do bring them close, but they will bring them even closer.

418तो कितने ग्रुप आयेंगे  ? tō kitnē group āyēṅgē  ? tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] group ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? then so group come[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

600So how many groups will come?

419बहुत ग्रुप आयेंगे ना . bahut group āyēṅgē nā . bahut group ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā . very group come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ .

601Many groups will come, will they not?

420और सब वेराइटी ग्रुप देखकरके आप क्या करेंगे  ? aur sab variety group dēkhkarkē āp kyā karē̃gē  ? aur sab[adj.] variety group dēkhnā[abs.] āp[pn.pl.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? and all variety group see[abs.] you what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

602And what will you do on seeing the variety of groups? 603Clap.

421ताली बजायेंगे . tālī bajāyēṅgē . tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bajānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . clapping play[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 422प्रत्यक्षता की ताली बजाना , ये ताली नहीं . pratyakṣhatā kī|key tālī bajānā , yē tālī nahī̃ . pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bajānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.pl.d.] tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] . revelation (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) clapping play[inf.m.sg.d.] , this clapping not .

604You have to clap the clap of revelation, not this physical one.

423तो सभी खुश हो ना  ? tō sabhī khuśh hō nā  ? tō sab[adv.hī] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā  ? then all happy (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅  ?

605So, are all of you happy?

424अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha . 425इस ग्रुप में बीमार आये हुए हैं  ? is group mē̃ bīmār āyē huē haĩ  ? yah[pn.sg.o.] group mē̃[postp.] bīmār[adj.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ? this group in those who are ill (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

606Have the patients come? 607Are those who are ill sitting here?

426बीमार जो आये हैं वह हाथ उठायें . bīmār jō āyē haĩ vah hāth uṭhāyē̃ . bīmār[adj.] jō[pn.;d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.12hon3] . those who are ill that come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that raise your hands .

608All those who are patients here, raise your hands.

427कोई नहीं है . kōī nahī̃ hai . kōī[pn.;d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . some not be[pres.sg.23] .

609There is no one.

428इस समय सब तन्दुरूस्त हैं , बीमारी भूल गई . is samay sab tandurūsta haĩ , bīmārī bhūl gaī . is samay[x] sab[adj.] tandarūst[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , bīmārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhūl jānā[past-part.f.] . at this time all x be[pres.pl.12hon3] , illness x[past-part.f.] .

610At present, all are healthy, and so they have forgotten their illness.

429हॉस्पिटल में पेशेन्ट आये हैं  ? hospital mē̃ patient āyē haĩ  ? hospital mē̃[postp.] patient ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ? hospital in x come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ? 430नहीं आये हैं . nahī̃ āyē haĩ . nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . not come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

611Are there any patients in the hospital?

431तो ये ग्रुप अच्छा हुआ ना पेशेन्ट कोई नहीं है . tō yē group achchhā huā nā patient kōī nahī̃ hai . tō yah[pn.pl.d.] group achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā patient kōī[pn.;d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then this group achcha be[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ x some not be[pres.sg.23] .

612No. 613So this group is good in that no one is a patient.

432पेशन्स में रहने वाले हैं इसलिये पेशेन्ट नहीं हैं . patience mē̃ rahnē vālē haĩ isliyē patient nahī̃ haĩ . patience mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] isliē patient nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x in remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] therefore x not be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

614You are those who stay in patience and therefore you are not patients.

433अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

615Achcha.

434डबल विदेशी - डबल विदेशियों को बापदादा दिल से याद ­ प्यार के साथ ­ साथ दुआओं की गिफ्ट दे रहे हैं . double vidēśhī - double vidēśhiyō̃ kō bāpdādā dil sē yād ­ pyār kē sāth ­ sāth duāō̃ kī|key gift dē rahē haĩ . double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] - double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] ­ pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] ­ sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key gift dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . double foreigner - double foreigner to BapDada heart from remembrance ­ love with ­ with blessing (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) gift give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . 435क्योंकि इन्हों की हिम्मत भारतवासियों से भी ज्यादा है . kyōṅki inhō̃ kī|key himmat bhāratvāsiyō̃ sē bhī jyādā hai . kyōṅki yah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāratvāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because this (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) courage people of Bharat from too more be[pres.sg.23] .

616Double foreigners:Together with love and remembrance from the heart, BapDada is giving the double foreigners a gift of blessings because their courage is greater than that of the people of Bharat.

436कई दीवारें पार कर बाप के बने हैं . kaī dīvārē̃ pār kar bāp kē|K banē haĩ . kaī dīvār[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] pār karnā[root] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . some wall x[root] father (of|K) become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

617You have crossed many walls and now belong to the Father.

437इसलिये बापदादा सदा उमंग ­ उत्साह के पंख देकर उड़ाते रहते हैं , इस हिम्मत की दुआओं के साथ सभी देशों के बच्चों को विशेष गिफ्ट दे रहे हैं और यही गिफ्ट लिफ्ट का काम करेगी . isliyē bāpdādā sadā umaṅg ­ utsāh kē|K paṅkh dēkar uṛātē rahtē haĩ , is himmat kī|key duāō̃ kē sāth sabhī dēśhō̃ kē|K bachchō̃ kō viśhēṣh gift dē rahē haĩ aur yahī gift lift kā kām karēgī . isliē bāpdādā sadā umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ­ utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K paṅkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[abs.] uṛānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] , yah[pn.sg.o.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē sāth[x] sab[adv.hī] dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] gift dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur yahī[pn.;d.] gift lift kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.f.sg.23] . therefore BapDada constantly zeal ­ enthusiasm (of|K) wing give[abs.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] , this courage (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) blessing with all land (of|K) child to special gift give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and this gift lift of (lust|task) do[fut.f.sg.23] .

618This is why, together with blessings for this courage, BapDada constantly gives you the wings of zeal and enthusiasm and makes you fly. 619Baba is giving a special gift to the children from all countries, and this gift will work like a lift.

438मेहनत नहीं करनी पड़े . mēhnat nahī̃ karnī paṛē . mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.sg.23.oblig2] . effort not do[opt.sg.23.oblig2] . 439समझा  ? samjhā  ? samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|samjhānā[root]  ? (understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]|explain[root])  ?

620You will not have to make any effort.

440अभी पंखों की गिफ्ट को सदा साथ रखना . abhī paṅkhō̃ kī|key gift kō sadā sāth rakhnā . ab[adv.hī] paṅkh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key gift kō[postp.] sadā sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . now wing (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) gift to constantly with keep[inf.m.sg.d.] .

621Do you understand? 622Double foreigners, raise your hands.

441दुआएं सदा साथ रखना . duāē̃ sadā sāth rakhnā . duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sadā sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . blessing constantly with keep[inf.m.sg.d.] .

623Achcha, did you receive the gift?

442अच्छा है , सब देशों से थोड़े ­ थोड़े पहुँच जाते हैं यही बापदादा को देख ­ देख खुशी होती है . achchhā hai , sab dēśhō̃ sē thōṛē ­ thōṛē pahũch jātē haĩ yahī bāpdādā kō dēkh ­ dēkh khuśhī hōtī hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sab[adj.] dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ­ thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pahuñchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] yahī[pn.;d.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] ­ dēkhnā[root] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , all land from short ­ short reach[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] this BapDada to see[root] ­ see[root] happiness be[pres.sg.f.23] .

624Now, constantly keep this gift of the wings with you. 625Constantly keep the blessings with you.

443कैसे भी सरकमस्टांश हो लेकिन दिल की दुआएं सैलवेशन बन जाती हैं इसलिये पहुँच जाते हैं . kaisē bhī circumstance hō lēkin dil kī|key duāē̃ salvation ban jātī haĩ isliyē pahũch jātē haĩ . kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] circumstance hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] salvation bannā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] isliē pahuñchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . how too circumstances (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but heart (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) blessing salvation become[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] therefore reach[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . 444एक भी ग्रुप विदेशियों के बिना नहीं गया है . ēk bhī group vidēśhiyō̃ kē|K binā nahī̃ gayā hai . ēk[adj.] bhī[p.] group vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K binā nahī̃[neg] jānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . one too group foreigner (of|K) without not go[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

626It is good that a few souls from every country comes here. 627BapDada is happy to see this. 628No matter what the circumstances are, blessings from the heart become salvation for this and this is why they reach here.

445हर ग्रुप में हैं , तो हाजिर ­ नाजिर हो गये ना  ! har|her group mē̃ haĩ , tō hājir ­ nājir hō gayē nā  ! harnā[root]|har|her group mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , tō hāzir[adj.] ­ nāzir[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] nā  ! (x[root]|x) group in be[pres.pl.12hon3] , then present ­ x be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ∅  !

629Not a single group has been without foreigners.

446मधुबन निवासी , हॉस्पिटल परिवार - ( मधुबन निवासी , हॉस्पिटल वाले सब पाण्डव भवन में बैठ मुरली सुन रहे हैं ) उन्हों का ख्याल आ रहा है . madhuban nivāsī , hospital parivār - ( madhuban nivāsī , hospital vālē sab pāṇḍav bhavan mē̃ baiṭh murlī sun rahē haĩ ) unhō̃ kā khyāl ā rahā hai . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] , hospital parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] - ( madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] , hospital vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sab[adj.] pāṇḍav bhavan[x] mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[root] murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sunnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ) vah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khyāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . Madhuban resident , hospital family - ( Madhuban resident , hospital those who all x in sit[root] flute listen[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ) that of thought come[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .

630There are foreigners in every group and so you have become those who are present everywhere. 631Madhuban Niwasis and the hospital family: Their thoughts are reaching here.

447मधुबन वाले तो हर रोज की लॉटरी लेने वाले हैं . madhuban vālē tō har|her rōj kī|key lottery lēnē vālē haĩ . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō harnā[root]|har|her rōz kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key lottery lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . Madhuban those who then (x[root]|x) day (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) lottery take[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

632Madhuban niwasis claim a lottery every day.

448कितनी लॉटरी मिलती है . kitnī lottery miltī hai . kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lottery milnā[pres.sg.f.23] . so lottery receive[pres.sg.f.23] .

633How many lotteries do you receive?

449मेहनत नहीं करनी पड़ती है , लॉटरी आ जाती है . mēhnat nahī̃ karnī paṛtī hai , lottery ā jātī hai . mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] , lottery ānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . effort not do[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] , lottery come[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .

634You do not have to make any effort; you win the lottery.

450चाहे मधुबन में या हॉस्पिटल में या ज्ञान सरोवर में , नीचे ­ ऊपर जो भी हैं , रोज की लॉटरी निकलती है . chāhē madhuban mē̃ yā hospital mē̃ yā gyān sarōvar mē̃ , nīchē ­ ūpar jō bhī haĩ , rōj kī|key lottery nikaltī hai . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yā hospital mē̃[postp.] yā gyān sarōvar[x] mē̃[postp.] , nīchē ­ ūpar jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , rōz kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key lottery nikalnā[pres.sg.f.23] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) Madhuban in or hospital in or Gyan Sarovar in , down ­ over that too be[pres.pl.12hon3] , day (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) lottery be extracted[pres.sg.f.23] .

635Whether in Madhuban, in the Hospital, Gyan Sarovar, up or down, whoever it is, you win a lottery every day. 636And you are moving along with the lottery.

451और लॉटरी से ही चल रहे हैं . aur lottery sē hī chal rahē haĩ . aur lottery sē[postp.] hī[p.] chalnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . and lottery from only continue[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

637You are eating and drinking comfortably.

452आराम से खा पी रहे हैं . ārām sē khā pī rahē haĩ . ārām[x] sē[postp.] khānā[root] pīnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . comfort from eat[root] drink[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . 453सेन्टर वालों को कितनी मेहनत करनी पड़ती है भण्डारी भरने की और मधुबन वालों की भण्डारी और भण्डारा सदा भरपूर है . centre vālō̃ kō kitnī mēhnat karnī paṛtī hai bhaṇḍārī bharnē kī|key aur madhuban vālō̃ kī|key bhaṇḍārī aur bhaṇḍārā sadā bharpūr hai . centre vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] bhanḍārī[x] bharnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key aur madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key bhanḍārī[x] aur bhanḍārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sadā bharpūr[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . centre those who to so effort do[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] bhandari fill[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) and Madhuban those who (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) bhandari and treasure store constantly full be[pres.sg.23] .

638Those at the centres have to make so much effort to fill the bhandari, and the bhandari and bhandara of Madhuban niwasis is constantly overflowing. 639Madhuban are those who spend, and the centres are those who accumulate.

454मधुबन है खर्च करने वाले और मधुबन में इकट्ठाकरने वाले सेन्टर वाले हैं . madhuban hai kharcha karnē vālē aur madhuban mē̃ ikaṭṭhākaranē vālē centre vālē haĩ . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kharch, kharchā[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] x vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] centre vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . Madhuban be[pres.sg.23] expenditure do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who and Madhuban in x those who centre those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

640So those at the centres are the children who are earning. 641You are the children who are earning.

455तो सेन्टर वाले कमाउ बच्चे हो . tō centre vālē kamāu bachchē hō . tō centre vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] x bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then centre those who x child (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 456तो कमाने का नशा अपना , लॉटरी का नशा अपना . tō kamānē kā naśhā apnā , lottery kā naśhā apnā . tō kamānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] , lottery kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] . then earn[inf.m.pl.,o.] of intoxication (one’s own|adopt[root]) , lottery of intoxication (one’s own|adopt[root]) .

642The intoxication of earning something is its own and the intoxication of a lottery is its own.

457तो सबको अपना ­ अपना भाग्य मिला हुआ है . tō sabkō apnā ­ apnā bhāgya milā huā hai . tō sabkō apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] ­ apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . then everything (one’s own|adopt[root]) ­ (one’s own|adopt[root]) x (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

643So all of you have received your own fortune.

458किसी का भाग्य किसी से कम नहीं . kisī kā bhāgya kisī sē kam|cum nahī̃ . kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] sē[postp.] kam[adj.]|cum nahī̃[neg] . (some|anything) of x (some|anything) from (less|x) not . 459क्योंकि भाग्य विधाता के भाग्य का भण्डारा भरपूर है . kyōṅki bhāgya vidhātā kē|K bhāgya kā bhaṇḍārā bharpūr hai . kyōṅki bhāgya vidhātā[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhanḍārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bharpūr[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because Bestower of Fortune (of|K) x of treasure store full be[pres.sg.23] .

644No one's fortune is any less than anyone else's, because the bhandara of the Bestower of Fortune is overflowing.

460इसीलिये सबका एक ­ दो से ज्यादा भाग्य है . isīliyē sabkā ēk ­ dō sē jyādā bhāgya hai . isliē sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] ­ dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] sē[postp.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . therefore everyone's one ­ (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) from more x be[pres.sg.23] .

645This is why each one's fortune is greater than the others'.

461सिर्फ अपना ­ अपना है लेकिन है एक ­ एक का एक ­ दो से बढ़िया . sirph apnā ­ apnā hai lēkin hai ēk ­ ēk kā ēk ­ dō sē baṛhiyā . sirph[adj.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] ­ apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin hōnā[pres.sg.23] ēk[adj.] ­ ēk[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] ­ dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] sē[postp.] baṛhiyā[adj.] . only (one’s own|adopt[root]) ­ (one’s own|adopt[root]) be[pres.sg.23] but be[pres.sg.23] one ­ one of one ­ (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) from x .

646You have your own individual fortune, but each one's fortune is greater than the others'.

462अच्छा  ! achchhā  ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]  ! achcha  !

647Achcha.

463टीचर्स - टीचर्स कौन हैं  ? teachers - teachers kaun haĩ  ? teacher - teacher kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? teacher - teacher who be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

648Teachers:Teachers have already been included.

464राइट हैण्ड हैं ना  ! right hand haĩ nā  ! right hand[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā  ! right hand be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅  !

649Whose zones are these?

465राइट हैण्ड के बिना कोई काम नहीं होता . right hand kē|K binā kōī kām nahī̃ hōtā . right hand[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K binā kōī[pn.;d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . right hand (of|K) without some (lust|task) not be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

650Are the zones without teachers? 651You are the right hand.

466बाप के कार्य को सफल करने वाले राइट हैण्ड . bāp kē|K kārya kō saphal karnē vālē right hand . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] saphal[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] right hand[x] . father (of|K) task to successful do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who right hand .

652Nothing can be done without the right hand. 653You are the right hand who brings success in Baba's task.

467अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha . 468चारों ओर के सर्व बापदादा के स्नेह को प्रत्यक्ष करने वाले , फॉलोफादर करने वाले श्रेष्ठ आत्मायें , सदा बापदादा के कदम पर कदम रखने वाले आज्ञाकारी श्रेष्ठ आत्मायें , सदा दृढ़ संकल्प द्वारा ब्रह्मा बाप समान सर्वंश त्यागी विशेष आत्मायें , सदा सपूत बन हर समय सबूत देने वाले सुपात्र आत्माओं को बापदादा का याद ­ प्यार और नमस्ते . chārō̃ ōr kē|K sarv bāpdādā kē|K snēh kō pratyakṣha karnē vālē , phôlōphādar karnē vālē śhrēṣhṭh ātmāyē̃ , sadā bāpdādā kē|K kadam par kadam rakhnē vālē āgyākārī śhrēṣhṭh ātmāyē̃ , sadā dr̥iṛh saṅkalp dvārā brahmā bāp samān sarvanśh tyāgī viśhēṣh ātmāyē̃ , sadā sapūt ban har|her samay sabūt dēnē vālē supātra ātmāō̃ kō bāpdādā kā yād ­ pyār aur namastē . chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sarv[adj.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] pratyakṣh[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , x karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , sadā bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āgyākārī[adj.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , sadā dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp samān[x] sarvanśh tyāgī[x] viśhēṣh[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , sadā sapūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] harnā[root]|har|her samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] sabūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] supātra[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] ­ pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur namastē . everywhere (of|K) all BapDada (of|K) love to visible do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , x do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who elevated soul , constantly BapDada (of|K) step (at|other) step keep[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who obedient elevated soul , constantly determined thought through Brahma equal to the Father x special soul , constantly worthy (become[root]|x) (x[root]|x) time x give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who x soul to BapDada of remembrance ­ love and x .

654To all the souls in all four directions who reveal the love of BapDada; to the elevated souls who follow the father; to the obedient elevated souls who constantly place their footsteps in the footsteps of BapDada, to the special souls like father Brahma who, through their determined thoughts, have complete renunciation; to the worthy souls who are constantly obedient and give the proof at every moment, love, remembrances and namaste from BapDada. 655Speaking to Dadis:Everything is being completed easily, is it not? 656Happiness makes everyone forget everything.

469दादियों से - सब सहज सम्पन्न हो रहा है ना  ? dādiyō̃ sē - sab sahaj sampann hō rahā hai nā  ? dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] - sab[adj.] sahaj[adj.] sampann[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] nā  ? Dadi from - all easy full be[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ∅  ?

657You do not find it to be anything else in front of happiness.

470खुशी सब भुला देती है . khuśhī sab bhulā dētī hai . khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sab[adj.] bhulānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] . happiness all make you forget[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] .

658So, Madhuban is the mine of happiness.

471खुशी के आगे और कुछ लगता नहीं . khuśhī kē āgē aur kuchh lagtā nahī̃ . khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kē āgē[x] aur kuchh[x] lagnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . happiness in front of x x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] not .

659Because of happiness everything becomes easy.

472तो मधुबन है खुशियों की खान . tō madhuban hai khuśhiyō̃ kī|key khān . tō madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key khānā[n.m.;sg.,d.] . then Madhuban be[pres.sg.23] happiness (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) eat[n.m.;sg.,d.] . 473खुशी के कारण सब सहज हो जाता है . khuśhī kē|K kāraṇ sab sahaj hō jātā hai . khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adj.] sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . happiness (of|K) because all easy be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

660Whether you receive food or not, you continue to receive the nourishment of happiness. 661All of you are very happy, are you not?

474चाहे खाना मिले , नहीं मिले लेकिन खुशी की खुराक मिलती रहती है . chāhē khānā milē , nahī̃ milē lēkin khuśhī kī|key khurāk miltī rahtī hai . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] khānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|khānā[inf.m.sg.d.] milnā[opt.sg.23]|milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , nahī̃[neg] milnā[opt.sg.23]|milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] lēkin khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key khurāk[n.f.;sg.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+rahnā] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) (eat[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|eat[inf.m.sg.d.]) (receive[opt.sg.23]|receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , not (receive[opt.sg.23]|receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) but happiness (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) nourishment receive[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+rahnā] .

662Or, is a little weakness still remaining? 663No. 664You have come to the mine of happiness, have you not?

475 ( सभा को देखते हुए ) सभी बहुत खुश हो ना  ? ( sabhā kō dēkhtē huē ) sabhī bahut khuśh hō nā  ? ( sabhā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ) sab[adv.hī] bahut khuśh[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā  ? ( court to see[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ) all very happy (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅  ?

665Do all of you have this? 666So the fruit of contentment is satisfaction.

476कि थोड़ी ­ बहुत कमी रह गई  ? ki thōṛī ­ bahut kamī rah gaī  ? ki[conj.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ­ bahut kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] rahnā[past-part.f..root+jānā]  ? that short ­ very x remain[past-part.f..root+jānā]  ?

667All of you remain satisfied.

477नहीं . nahī̃ . nahī̃[neg] . not . 478खुशियों की खान पर आ गये हो ना  ! khuśhiyō̃ kī|key khān par ā gayē hō nā  ! khuśhī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key khānā[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] nā  ! happiness (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) eat[n.m.;sg.,d.] (at|other) come[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] ∅  !

668Even if there is upheaval, you very quickly become satisfied.

479कुछ भी हो लेकिन सन्तुष्टता का वरदान मिला हुआ है . kuchh bhī hō lēkin santuṣhṭatā kā vardān milā huā hai . kuchh bhī[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . anything (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but contentment of blessing (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

669If people want to see satisfied souls, where should they see them? 670In Madhuban and even in the centres.

480तो सन्तुष्टता का फल है प्रसन्नता . tō santuṣhṭatā kā phal hai prasannatā . tō santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] prasannatā[n.f.;sg.] . then contentment of fruit be[pres.sg.23] happiness .

671If you want to see someone satisfied, see the Brahmins.

481सब प्रसन्न रहते हैं . sab prasann rahtē haĩ . sab[adj.] prasann[adj.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . all x remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

672They are constantly content and constantly satisfied.

482नीचे ­ ऊपर भी होगा फिर प्रसन्न हो जाते हैं . nīchē ­ ūpar bhī hōgā phir prasann hō jātē haĩ . nīchē ­ ūpar bhī[p.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] prasann[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . down ­ over too be[fut.m.sg.23] (then|turn[root]) x be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .

673Do you have anything else in your heart? 674Nothing but satisfaction.

483अगर प्रसन्न चित्त आत्मायें देखनी हो तो कहाँ देखें  ? agar prasann chitt ātmāyē̃ dēkhnī hō tō kahā̃ dēkhē̃  ? agar prasann[adj.] chitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.2.oblig1] tō kahā̃ dēkhnā[opt.pl.12hon3]  ? if x x soul see[pres.pl.2.oblig1] then where see[opt.pl.12hon3]  ?

675It is like this, is it not? 676All of you are satisfied in your hearts, are you not?

484मधुबन में या सेन्टर पर भी  ? madhuban mē̃ yā centre par bhī  ? madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yā centre par[postp.]|par[adj.] bhī[p.]  ? Madhuban in or centre (at|other) too  ?

677Or, are you the embodiment of questions? 678No.

485प्रसन्नचित्त देखना हो तो ब्राह्मणों को देखो . prasannchitt dēkhnā hō tō brāhmaṇō̃ kō dēkhō . prasannchitt[adj.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.2.oblig1] tō brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . happy see[pres.pl.2.oblig1] then Brahmin to see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

679Is there any other gathering anywhere else where everyone is constantly smiling?

486सदा सन्तुष्ट , सदा प्रसन्न चित्त . sadā santuṣhṭ , sadā prasann chitt . sadā santuṣhṭ[adj.] , sadā prasann[adj.] chitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] . constantly content , constantly x x . 487चित्त में और कुछ है क्या  ? chitt mē̃ aur kuchh hai kyā  ? chitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] aur kuchh[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyā  ? x in x be[pres.sg.23] what  ?

680When you go to other satsangs, some faces will be like one thing and others will be like something else.

488प्रसन्नता ही प्रसन्नता . prasannatā hī prasannatā . prasannatā[n.f.;sg.] hī[p.] prasannatā[n.f.;sg.] . happiness only happiness .

681And what do you see when you look at everyone's face here?

489ऐसे है ना  ! aisē hai nā  ! aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! such be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

682They are smiling.

490सभी प्रसन्नचित्त हैं कि प्रश्नचित्त हैं  ? sabhī prasannchitt haĩ ki praśhnachitta haĩ  ? sab[adv.hī] prasannchitt[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] praśhnachitt[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? all happy be[pres.pl.12hon3] that having any questions in their hearts be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

683Is it like this? 684Or, have you also wilted a little? 685No, you are smiling.

491ऐसी कोई सभा होगी जो सब मुस्कराते रहें  ? aisī kōī sabhā hōgī jō sab muskarātē rahē̃  ? aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kōī[pn.;d.] sabhā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] sab[adj.] muskarānā[opt.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā]  ? such some court be[fut.f.sg.23] that all smile[opt.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā]  ?

686The smile of the Brahmins is shown as a smile in the pictures of the deities.

492और सतसंग में जाओ तो कोई का चेहरा कैसा होगा , कोई का कैसा होगा  ? aur satsaṅg mē̃ jāō tō kōī kā chēhrā kaisā hōgā , kōī kā kaisā hōgā  ? aur satsaṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō kōī[pn.;d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , kōī[pn.;d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? and spiritual gathering in go[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then some of face how be[fut.m.sg.23] , some of how be[fut.m.sg.23]  ?

687Whose images are those? 688They are yours, are they not? 689Or do they belong to the senior Dadis? 690Are there any temples to you?

493और यहाँ सबके चेहरे देखो तो क्या हैं  ? aur yahā̃ sabkē chēhrē dēkhō tō kyā haĩ  ? aur yahā̃ sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō kyā hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? and here everyone's face see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then what be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

691Which goddess are you? 692Do you know? 693Are you Ganesh or Hanuman?

494मुस्कराते हुए . muskarātē huē . muskarānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . smile[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .

694Are you the goddesses? 695What are you?

495ब्राह्मणों के मुस्कान की निशानी देवताओं के चित्र में भी दिखाते हैं . brāhmaṇō̃ kē|K muskān kī|key niśhānī dēvtāō̃ kē|K chitra mē̃ bhī dikhātē haĩ . brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K muskān[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēvtā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] dikhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . Brahmin (of|K) smile (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) sign deity (of|K) picture in too x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

696Whichever deity or goddess you are, you are a soul who has imbibed the divine virtues. 697Then, whether someone says he is Hanuman, or Ganesh or a goddess, you are a soul who has imbibed the divine virtues.

496वो किसके चित्र हैं  ? vō kiskē chitra haĩ  ? vah[pn.;d.] kaun[pn.sg.kē] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? that who[.kē] picture be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

698Achcha. 699Do you know at what time your bhagats pray to you?

497आपके हैं ना  ? āpkē haĩ nā  ? āp[pn.pl.kē] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā  ? you[.kē] be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅  ? 498कि बड़ी दादियों के हैं  ? ki baṛī dādiyō̃ kē|K haĩ  ? ki[conj.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? that very Dadi (of|K) be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

700At the time when the bhagats are calling out; do you realise that?

499आपके मन्दिर हैं  ? āpkē mandir haĩ  ? āp[pn.pl.kē] mandir[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? you[.kē] temple be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

701Or, do you remain busy in your own intoxication?

500कौन ­ सी देवी या देवता हो  ? kaun ­ see|sī|C dēvī yā dēvtā hō  ? kaun[pn.;d.] ­ see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C dēvī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] yā dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]  ? who ­ (see|x) goddess or deity (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])  ? 501मालूम है  ? mālūm hai  ? mālūm[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? x be[pres.sg.23]  ?

702The poor bhagats simply keep on calling out.

502गणेश हो , हनूमान हो , देवियाँ हो , क्या हो  ? gaṇēśh hō , hanūmān hō , dēviyā̃ hō , kyā hō  ? gaṇēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , hanūmān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , dēvī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , kyā hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]  ? Ganesh (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , goddess (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , what (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])  ?

703You feel this, do you not? 704You definitely feel the call of the bhagats.

503कोई भी देवी ­ देवता हो लेकिन दिव्यगुणधारी आत्मा देवता है . kōī bhī dēvī ­ dēvtā hō lēkin divyaguṇdhārī ātmā dēvtā hai . kōī bhī[x] dēvī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ­ dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin divyaguṇdhārī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . anyone goddess ­ deity (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but x soul deity be[pres.sg.23] .

705This is why you give your good wishes and pure feelings. 706Why do you spread peace into the atmosphere?

504फिर कोई हनूमान कहे या गणेश कहे या देवी कहे , लेकिन दिव्यगुणधारी देव आत्मा हो . phir kōī hanūmān kahē yā gaṇēśh kahē yā dēvī kahē , lēkin divyaguṇdhārī dēv ātmā hō . phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] kōī[pn.;d.] hanūmān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|kahnā[opt.sg.23] yā gaṇēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|kahnā[opt.sg.23] yā dēvī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|kahnā[opt.sg.23] , lēkin divyaguṇdhārī[adj.] dēv[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . (then|turn[root]) some x (say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|say[opt.sg.23]) or Ganesh (say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|say[opt.sg.23]) or goddess (say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|say[opt.sg.23]) , but x deity soul (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

707Why do you become a lighthouse and a might­house? 708All bhagat souls and other souls too should remain content, happy and peaceful.

505अच्छा - ( दादियों से ) आप लोगों को मालूम पड़ता है कि आपके भक्त किस समय प्रार्थना करते हैं  ? achchhā - ( dādiyō̃ sē ) āp lōgō̃ kō mālūm paṛtā hai ki āpkē bhakta kis samay prārthanā kartē haĩ  ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - ( dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] ) āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] mālūm[adj.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] āp[pn.pl.kē] bhakt[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā[pn.sg.o.]|kaun[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] prārthanā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ? achcha - ( Dadi from ) you people to x fall[pres.sg.m.23] that you[.kē] devotee (what|who) time x do[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

709Speaking to Dadi Janki:You are standing on the globe of the world, are you not? 710Or are you standing on the globe of London? 711You are on the globe of the world, are you not?

506जिस समय भक्त पुकारते हैं तो आप लोगों को मालूम पड़ता है  ? jis samay bhakta pukārtē haĩ tō āp lōgō̃ kō mālūm paṛtā hai  ? jis samay[x] bhakt[n.m.;sg.,d.] pukārnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] mālūm[adj.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? x devotee call[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then you people to x fall[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

712You are not on the globe of Madhuban, you are on the globe of the world. 713This one's health is telling her to rest a little.

507कि अपनी मस्ती में मस्त रहते हैं  ? ki apnī mastī mē̃ mast rahtē haĩ  ? ki[conj.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] mastī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] mast[adj.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ? that one’s own x in intoxicated remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

714You have the practice of coming and going. 715Are you going now?

508बिचारे भक्त ऐसे ही चिल्लाते हैं  ! bichārē bhakta aisē hī chillātē haĩ  ! bichārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhakt[n.m.;sg.,d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] chillānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ! poor people devotee such only cry[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  !

716What does the coming and going feel like now?

509फील होता है ना  ! feel hōtā hai nā  ! feel hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā  ! feel be[pres.sg.m.23] ∅  !

717Does it feel like a foreign land or like home?

510भक्तों के पुकार की फीलिंग जरूर आती है . bhaktō̃ kē|K pukār kī|key feeling jarūr ātī hai . bhakt[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pukārnā[root]|pukār[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key feeling zarūr ānā[pres.sg.f.23] . devotee (of|K) (call[root]|call) (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) feeling definitely come[pres.sg.f.23] .

718You go from your home to the hall and from the hall to your home.

511तब तो शुभ भावना , शुभ कामनायें देते हो ना  ! tab tō śhubh bhāvnā , śhubh kāmanāyē̃ dētē hō nā  ! tab tō śhubh bhāvnā[x] , śhubh[adj.] kāmnā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā  ! for only then then pure feeling , pure and positive wish give[pres.pl.m.2] ∅  !

719So have you been well refreshed? 720You are well refreshed, are you not?

512वायुमण्डल में शान्ति क्यों फैलाते हो , लाइट हाउस , माइट हाउस क्यों बनते हो  ? vāyumaṇḍal mē̃ śhānti kyō̃ phailātē hō , light house , might house kyō̃ bantē hō  ? vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] śhānti kyō̃ phailānā[pres.pl.m.2] , light house[x] , might house kyō̃ bannā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? atmosphere in peace why spread[pres.pl.m.2] , lighthouse , might house why become[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

721Nothing still remains, does it? 722You will relate the news to everyone and everyone will be very happy.

513सर्व भक्त आत्मायें या अन्य आत्मायें सन्तुष्ट , खुश रहे , शान्त रहे . sarv bhakta ātmāyē̃ yā anya ātmāyē̃ santuṣhṭ , khuśh rahē , śhānt rahē . sarv[adj.] bhakt[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] yā anya[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] , khuśh[adj.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , śhānt[adj.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . all devotee soul or other soul content , happy (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , silent (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .

723Those in Sri Lanka have a lot of fear. 724Specially give them the nourishment of happiness.

514 ( दादी जानकी से ) विश्व के गोले पर खड़ी हो ना  ! ( dādī jānkī sē ) viśhva kē|K gōlē par khaṛī hō nā  ! ( dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jānkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] ) viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K gōlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] khaṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā  ! ( Dadi x from ) world (of|K) cycle (at|other) standing (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅  !

725All of you are also sitting on the stage. 726Those at the back are also on the stage.

515कि लण्डन के गोले पर खड़ी हो  ? ki london kē|K gōlē par khaṛī hō  ? ki[conj.] London kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K gōlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] khaṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]  ? that x (of|K) cycle (at|other) standing (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])  ?

727Those sitting below (in Pandav Bhawan) are also on the stage.

516विश्व के गोले पर हैं ना  ! viśhva kē|K gōlē par haĩ nā  ! viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K gōlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā  ! world (of|K) cycle (at|other) be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅  !

728Today, the mothers have been given a chance.

517मधुबन के गोले पर नहीं , विश्व के गोले पर . madhuban kē|K gōlē par nahī̃ , viśhva kē|K gōlē par . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K gōlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] nahī̃[neg] , viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K gōlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] . Madhuban (of|K) cycle (at|other) not , world (of|K) cycle (at|other) .

729It is good. 730It is the greatness of the Pandavs that they gave a lottery to the mothers.

518आना और जाना तो प्रैक्टिस है . ānā aur jānā tō practice hai . ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] aur jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō practice hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) and (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) then practice be[pres.sg.23] . 519अभी आना ­ जाना क्या लगता है  ? abhī ānā ­ jānā kyā lagtā hai  ? ab[adv.hī] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ­ jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] kyā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? now (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) ­ (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) what x[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

731(Yesterday the mothers gave a chance to the Pandavs), and so you have received the fortune of your renunciation.

520विदेश लगता है या घर लगता है  ? vidēśh lagtā hai yā ghar lagtā hai  ? vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] yā ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? abroad x[pres.sg.m.23] or home x[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

732Both have put the other first, saying "You first", and so both got a chance.

521घर से हाल में आये या हाल से घर में आये  ! ghar sē hall|hāl mē̃ āyē yā hall|hāl sē ghar mē̃ āyē  ! ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] hall|hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] yā hall|hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23]  ! home from (hall|x) in (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) or (hall|x) from home in (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23])  !

733(The book Ratan Prabha ­ Dadi Prakashmani ­ Jewel of Light, in Hindi ­ was presented to BapDada.)

522अच्छा-लण्डन वालों को भी विशेष सेवा की मुबारक . acchā-laṇḍan vālō̃ kō bhī viśhēṣh sēvā kī|key mubārak . x vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] viśhēṣh[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] . x those who to too special service (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) congratulations .

734Whatever is happening is the means of taking service into the flying stage. 735This is also a means of service.

523मुश्किल को सहज करना ये एक अच्छा एग्जाम्पल है . muśhkil kō sahaj karnā yē ēk achchhā example hai . muśhkil[adj.] kō[postp.] sahaj[adj.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.pl.d.] ēk[adj.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] example hōnā[pres.sg.23] . difficult to easy do[inf.m.sg.d.] this one achcha example be[pres.sg.23] .

736With the revelation through such service, Baba, the One who inspires service, will be revealed.

524अच्छा है कोई ने तन से , कोई ने मन से , कोई ने धन से , सर्व के सहयोग से ही सफलता मिली है और मिलती ही रहेगी . achchhā hai kōī nē tan sē , kōī nē man sē , kōī nē dhan sē , sarv kē|K sahyōg sē hī saphaltā milī hai aur miltī hī rahēgī . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kōī[pn.;d.] nē[postp.] tan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] , kōī[pn.;d.] nē[postp.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] , kōī[pn.;d.] nē[postp.] dhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] , sarv[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] hī[p.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] aur milnā[pres-part.f.] hī[p.] rahnā[fut.f.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] some ∅ body from , some ∅ mind from , some ∅ wealth from , all (of|K) cooperation from only success receive[pres-perf.sg.f.23] and receive[pres-part.f.] only remain[fut.f.sg.23] .

737This is a very good means for service. 738Speaking to Dadis again: Achcha, you have become tireless now. 739Have you become tireless? 740You do not get tired.

525लण्डन भी विदेश का लाइट हाउस है . london bhī vidēśh kā light house hai . London bhī[p.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] light house[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x too abroad of lighthouse be[pres.sg.23] .

741Achcha. 742Special congratulations for service to those in London.

526जैसे भारत के लिये मधुबन लाइट हाउस है तो लण्डन भी लाइट हाउस है . jaisē bhārat kē|K liyē madhuban light house hai tō london bhī light house hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] light house[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō London bhī[p.] light house[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . like Bharat (of|K) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] Madhuban lighthouse be[pres.sg.23] then x too lighthouse be[pres.sg.23] .

743It is good. 744You will receive the fruit of courage a little later, but you will definitely receive it.

527इसलिये दोनों दादियों से बहुत प्यार है ना . isliyē dōnō̃ dādiyō̃ sē bahut pyār hai nā . isliē dōnō̃ dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] bahut pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . therefore x Dadi from very love be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .

745So, you are the example. 746You are a good example of making the difficult things easy.

528दोनों का बाप से प्यार और बाप का इन्हों से प्यार और सबका भी दादियों से प्यार . dōnō̃ kā bāp sē pyār aur bāp kā inhō̃ sē pyār aur sabkā bhī dādiyō̃ sē pyār . dōnō̃ kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yah[pn.pl.o.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] . x of father from love and father of this from love and everyone's too Dadi from love . 529बहुत प्यार है ना  ! bahut pyār hai nā  ! bahut pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! very love be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

747It is good. 748Some have served with their mind, some with their body and some with their wealth. 749You have attained success with everyone's co­operation and will continue to receive it.

530अच्छा है प्यार ही किला है . achchhā hai pyār hī kilā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] kilā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] love only fortress be[pres.sg.23] .

750London is the lighthouse for the foreign lands.

531अगर प्यार का किला नहीं होता तो यज्ञ की स्थापना का कार्य हिलता लेकिन प्यार का किला अविनाशी अखण्ड बनाकर चला रहा है . agar pyār kā kilā nahī̃ hōtā tō yagya kī|key sthāpanā kā kārya hiltā lēkin pyār kā kilā avināśhī akhaṇḍ banākar chalā rahā hai . agar pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kilā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] tō yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hilnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kilā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] avināśhī[adj.] akhaṇḍ[adj.] banānā[abs.] chalnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|chalānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . if love of fortress not be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] then sacrificial fire (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) establishment of task x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] but love of fortress imperishable constant create[abs.] (continue[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|x[pres.sg.m.prog.23]) . 532जोड़ी अच्छी है . jōṛī achchhī hai . joṛī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|jōṛnā[past-part.f.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (x|connect[past-part.f.]) achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

751Just as for Bharat, Madhuban is a lighthouse, so too, London is also a lighthouse. 752This is why you have a lot of love for both Dadis. 753Both have love for the Father, and the Father has love for them and all of you have love for the Dadis.

533प्यार रखो तो ऐसे प्यार रखो , प्यारे भी और न्यारे भी . pyār rakhō tō aisē pyār rakhō , pyārē bhī aur nyārē bhī . pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] aur nyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] . love keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then such love keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , loving too and unique too .

754You have love for them, do you not? 755How much love do you have? 756A lot. 757Achcha.

534अच्छा  ! achchhā  ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]  ! achcha  !

758It is good. 759Love is the fortress.

535 ( ज्वेल ऑफ लाइट पुस्तक का हिन्दी अनुवाद ( रत्न प्रभा - दादी प्रकाश ­ मणि ) छपवाया गया है जिसका बापदादा ने अपने हस्तों से अनावरण किया ) जो भी हो रहा है वो सेवा को और उड़ती कला में ले जाने का साधन है . ( jvēl off|of light pustak kā hindī anuvād ( ratna prabhā - dādī prakāśh ­ maṇi ) chhapvāyā gayā hai jiskā bāpdādā nē apnē hastō̃ sē anāvaraṇ kiyā ) jō bhī hō rahā hai vō sēvā kō aur uṛtī kalā mē̃ lē jānē kā sādhan hai . ( x off|of light pustak[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] anuvād[n.m.;sg.,d.] ( ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] x - dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] prakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] ­ maṇi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ) chhapvānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|chhapvānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.passive] jō[pn.sg.kā] bāpdādā nē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hast[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] x karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ) jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] vah[pn.;d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] aur uṛnā[pres-part.f.] kalā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] lēnā[opt.sg.23]|lēnā[root] jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[opt.sg.23] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( x (x|of) light book of hindi interpretation ( jewel x - Dadi x ­ jewel ) (x[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|x[pres-perf.sg.m.23.passive]) that[.kā] BapDada ∅ one’s own x from x do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ) that too be[pres.sg.m.prog.23] that service to and fly[pres-part.f.] degree in (take[opt.sg.23]|take[root]) (know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|go[inf.m.pl.,o.]|know[opt.sg.23]) of facilities be[pres.sg.23] .

760If the fortress of love did not exist, then the task of the establishment of the yagya would fluctuate, but the fortress of love is making everything unshakable and imperishable. 761It is like this, it is not? 762If you have love, then have love in this way. 763Be loving and detached.

536ये भी सेवा का साधन है , ऐसे ही सेवाओं की प्रत्यक्षता होते सेवा कराने वाला बाप प्रत्यक्ष हो जायेगा . yē bhī sēvā kā sādhan hai , aisē hī sēvāō̃ kī|key pratyakṣhatā hōtē sēvā karānē vālā bāp pratyakṣha hō jāyēgā . yah[pn.pl.d.] bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] sēvā[x] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] pratyakṣh[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . this too service of facilities be[pres.sg.23] , such only service (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) revelation be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] service make commit[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who father visible be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .

764Do you know how to have such love? 765Or, do you only know about love that is a little mixed. 766Achcha. 767Speaking to Dada Naraine: Show the splendour of following the father.

537साधन अच्छे हैं - प्रत्यक्षता के लिये . sādhan achchhē haĩ - pratyakṣhatā kē|K liyē . sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] - pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . facilities achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] - revelation (of|K) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .

768Transform love into the form of power.

538अच्छा - ओम् शान्ति . achchhā - ōm śhānti . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - ōm śhānti[x] . achcha - Om Shanti .

769* * * O MS H A N T I * * *

Abbreviations used